C H A P T E R
39-1Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
39Cisco Session Border Controller Commands
Command ReferenceThis section describes the following session border controller (SBC) and data border element (DBE) commands:
• account, page 39-12
• action (CAC), page 39-13
• action drop-msg, page 39-14
• action (NA), page 39-15
• action (RTG), page 39-16
• action (SDP), page 39-18
• action (SIP), page 39-19
• action (parameter), page 39-21
• activate (dbe, sbe), page 39-23
• activate (billing), page 39-24
• activate (radius), page 39-26
• active-cac-policy-set, page 39-27
• active-call-policy-set, page 39-28
• address-default, page 39-29
• address ipv4, page 39-31
• adjacency, page 39-32
• adjacency timeout, page 39-33
• alias, page 39-34
• allow private info, page 39-35
• attach (adjacency), page 39-36
• attach (billing), page 39-37
• attach-controllers, page 39-39
• authentication, page 39-40
• authentication endpoint, page 39-41
39-2Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands Command Reference
• authentication-key, page 39-42
• authentication mode, page 39-43
• authentication nonce timeout, page 39-44
• authentication-realm, page 39-45
• averaging-period, page 39-46
• batch-size, page 39-47
• batch-time, page 39-49
• billing, page 39-51
• blacklist (sbe), page 39-53
• blacklist (sip-opt), page 39-56
• cache-lifetime, page 39-57
• cache-limit, page 39-58
• cac-policy-set, page 39-59
• cac-table, page 39-60
• callee-codec-list, page 39-61
• callee-hold-setting, page 39-62
• callee-inbound-policy, page 39-64
• callee-outbound-policy, page 39-65
• callee-privacy, page 39-66
• callee-sig-qos-profile, page 39-67
• callee-video-qos-profile, page 39-68
• callee-voice-qos-profile, page 39-70
• caller-codec-list, page 39-72
• caller-hold-setting, page 39-73
• caller-inbound-policy, page 39-75
• caller-outbound-policy, page 39-76
• caller-privacy, page 39-77
• caller-sig-qos-profile, page 39-79
• caller-video-qos-profile, page 39-81
• caller-voice-qos-profile, page 39-83
• call-policy-set, page 39-85
• category, page 39-86
• clear services sbc, page 39-87
• clear services sbc sbe blacklist, page 39-88
• clear services sbc blacklist all, page 39-89
• clear services sbc sbe blacklist all, page 39-90
• clear services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4, page 39-91
• clear services sbc dbe media-stats, page 39-92
39-3Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands Command Reference
• clear services sbc sbe cac-rejection-stats, page 39-93
• clear services sbc sbe call, page 39-94
• clear services sbc sbe call-rejection-stats, page 39-96
• clear services sbc sbe call-stats, page 39-97
• clear services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats, page 39-98
• clear services sbc sbe policy-rejection-stats, page 39-99
• clear services sbc sbe radius-client, page 39-100
• clear services sbc sbe radius-client-stats, page 39-101
• clear services sbc sbe statistics, page 39-102
• codec, page 39-103
• codec-list, page 39-104
• codec-list description, page 39-105
• codec packetization-period, page 39-106
• codec-restrict-to-list, page 39-108
• codecs, page 39-110
• complete, page 39-111
• concurrent-requests, page 39-112
• condition, page 39-113
• congestion-cleared, page 39-114
• congestion-threshold, page 39-115
• control address aaa, page 39-116
• control address h248 index, page 39-117
• control-address h248 ipv4, page 39-118
• control address h248 port, page 39-119
• control address h248 transport, page 39-120
• controller h248, page 39-121
• copy logs, page 39-122
• cost, page 39-123
• dbe, page 39-124
• dbe-location-id, page 39-125
• deact-mode abort, page 39-126
• deact-mode (billing), page 39-127
• deact-mode normal, page 39-129
• deact-mode quiesce, page 39-130
• deact-mode (dbe, sbe), page 39-131
• debug services sbc errors, page 39-133
• debug services sbc events, page 39-135
• debug services sbc ha, page 39-137
39-4Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands Command Reference
• debug services sbc info, page 39-139
• debug services sbc ips, page 39-141
• debug services sbc logging, page 39-143
• debug services sbc mem-trace dump, page 39-145
• debug services sbc off, page 39-147
• debug services sbc pd filter component, page 39-148
• debug services sbc pd filter context, page 39-150
• debug services sbc pd filter product, page 39-152
• debug services sbc pd log-level, page 39-154
• debug services sbc rsrcmon, page 39-156
• default-port-limit, page 39-158
• description, page 39-160
• description (sip-opt), page 39-163
• dscp, page 39-164
• dst-adjacency, page 39-166
• dtmf-duration, page 39-167
• early-media-deny, page 39-168
• early-media-timeout, page 39-169
• early-media-type, page 39-170
• edit, page 39-171
• edit-cic, page 39-173
• edit-src, page 39-175
• entry (profile), page 39-177
• entry (table), page 39-179
• fast-register disable, page 39-181
• fast-register-interval, page 39-182
• first-cac-prefix-len, page 39-184
• first-cac-scope, page 39-185
• first-cac-table, page 39-187
• first-call-routing-table, page 39-188
• first-number-analysis-table, page 39-189
• first-reg-routing-table, page 39-190
• force-signaling-peer, page 39-191
• global, page 39-192
• group, page 39-193
• h225 timeout, page 39-194
• h245-address-pass, page 39-196
• h245-tunnel disable, page 39-197
39-5Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands Command Reference
• h248 allow-all-mg, page 39-198
• h248-profile, page 39-199
• h248-profile-version, page 39-201
• h248-version, page 39-203
• h323, page 39-204
• header, page 39-205
• header-profile, page 39-206
• hold-media-timeout, page 39-207
• hunting-trigger, page 39-208
• inherit profile, page 39-210
• invite-timeout, page 39-212
• ip host, page 39-213
• ip precedence, page 39-214
• ip TOS, page 39-215
• ipv4 (blacklist), page 39-217
• ipv4 (SBE H.248), page 39-219
• key, page 39-220
• ldr-check, page 39-221
• local-address ipv4 (packet-cable), page 39-223
• local-address ipv4, page 39-225
• local-id host, page 39-227
• local-port, page 39-228
• location-id, page 39-229
• mandatory-transport, page 39-230
• map-status-code, page 39-231
• marking, page 39-232
• match-account, page 39-233
• match-address, page 39-234
• match-adjacency, page 39-235
• match-category, page 39-236
• match-cic, page 39-237
• match-domain, page 39-239
• match-number, page 39-241
• match-prefix, page 39-242
• match-prefix len, page 39-244
• match-type, page 39-245
• match-string, page 39-247
• match-table, page 39-248
39-6Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands Command Reference
• match-time, page 39-249
• match-value, page 39-251
• max-bandwidth, page 39-254
• max-call-rate, page 39-256
• max-channels, page 39-258
• max-in-call-rate, page 39-260
• max-num-calls, page 39-262
• max-out-call-rate, page 39-264
• max-regs, page 39-266
• max-regs-rate, page 39-268
• max-updates, page 39-270
• media-address ipv4, page 39-272
• media-address ipv4 port-range, page 39-274
• media-address ipv4 vrf port-range, page 39-276
• media-address pool ipv4, page 39-278
• media-address pool ipv4 port-range, page 39-279
• media-address pool ipv4 vrf, page 39-281
• media-address pool ipv4 vrf port-range, page 39-282
• media-bypass, page 39-285
• media-bypass-forbid, page 39-286
• media-gateway, page 39-287
• media-late-to-early-iw, page 39-288
• media-timeout, page 39-289
• method, page 39-290
• method packetcable-em, page 39-291
• na-dst-number-table, page 39-292
• na-dst-number-attr-table, page 39-294
• na-dst-prefix-table, page 39-296
• na-src-account-table, page 39-297
• na-src-adjacency-table, page 39-298
• nat, page 39-300
• network-id, page 39-301
• option, page 39-302
• option-profile, page 39-303
• outbound-flood-rate, page 39-304
• overload-time-threshold, page 39-305
• packetcable-em transport radius, page 39-306
• parameter, page 39-308
39-7Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands Command Reference
• parameter-profile, page 39-309
• pass-body, page 39-310
• passthrough, page 39-311
• ping-enable, page 39-312
• ping-fail-count, page 39-313
• ping-interval, page 39-315
• ping-lifetime, page 39-316
• port (server), page 39-317
• port (SBE H.248), page 39-318
• preferred-transport, page 39-319
• precedence, page 39-320
• prefix, page 39-321
• priority, page 39-322
• priority (rsrc-pri), page 39-323
• privacy restrict outbound, page 39-324
• qos sig, page 39-325
• qos video, page 39-326
• qos voice, page 39-327
• radius, page 39-328
• range value, page 39-330
• ras retry, page 39-331
• ras rrq, page 39-333
• ras timeout, page 39-335
• reason, page 39-337
• record-media-create-info, page 39-339
• redirect-limit, page 39-341
• redirect-mode, page 39-342
• registration rewrite-register, page 39-343
• registration target address, page 39-344
• registration target port, page 39-345
• reg-min-expiry, page 39-346
• remote-address ipv4, page 39-347
• remote-port, page 39-349
• resource-priority, page 39-350
• resource-priority-set, page 39-351
• retry-interval, page 39-352
• retry-limit (radius), page 39-353
• retry-limit (routing table), page 39-354
39-8Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands Command Reference
• rtg-carrier-id-table, page 39-355
• rtg-category-table, page 39-357
• rtg-dst-address-table, page 39-359
• rtg-dst-domain-table, page 39-361
• rtg-least-cost-table, page 39-363
• rtg-round-robin-table, page 39-365
• rtg-src-account-table, page 39-367
• rtg-src-address-table, page 39-369
• rtg-src-adjacency-table, page 39-371
• rtg-src-domain-table, page 39-372
• rtg-time-table, page 39-374
• sbc, page 39-376
• sbe, page 39-377
• sdp-attribute-table, page 39-378
• sdp-match-table, page 39-379
• sdp origin-user-name, page 39-380
• sdp-policy-table, page 39-381
• secure-media, page 39-382
• server, page 39-383
• server, page 39-383
• server mode, page 39-384
• server-retry disable, page 39-385
• service sbc sbe call-destroy, page 39-386
• service sbc sbe radius accounting, page 39-387
• show services sbc dbe addresses, page 39-388
• show services sbc dbe controllers, page 39-389
• show services sbc dbe h248-profile, page 39-391
• show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats, page 39-392
• show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf, page 39-394
• show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4, page 39-396
• show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port, page 39-398
• show services sbc dbe media-stats, page 39-400
• show services sbc dbe signaling-flow-stats, page 39-402
• show services sbc rsrcmon, page 39-404
• show services sbc sbe aaa, page 39-406
• show services sbc sbe addresses, page 39-407
• show services sbc sbe adjacencies, page 39-408
• show services sbc sbe adjacencies detail, page 39-409
39-9Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands Command Reference
• show services sbc sbe adjacencies authentication-realms, page 39-411
• show services sbc sbe all-authentication-realms, page 39-412
• services sbc sbe billing instance, page 39-413
• services sbc sbe billing instances, page 39-414
• show services sbc sbe billing remote, page 39-415
• show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits, page 39-416
• show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting, page 39-418
• show services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4, page 39-420
• show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set, page 39-422
• show services sbc sbe cac-policy-sets, page 39-424
• show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set tables, page 39-425
• show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entries, page 39-426
• show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entry, page 39-427
• show services sbc sbe call branches, page 39-429
• show services sbc sbe call-policy-set, page 39-430
• show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entry, page 39-440
• show services sbc sbe call-rate-stats, page 39-441
• show services sbc sbe calls, page 39-442
• show services sbc sbe call-stats, page 39-443
• show services sbc sbe codec-list, page 39-446
• show services sbc sbe gates, page 39-447
• show services sbc sbe h323 timers, page 39-448
• show services sbc sbe hold-media-timeout, page 39-450
• show services sbc sbe hunting-trigger, page 39-451
• show services sbc sbe media-gateway-associations, page 39-452
• show services sbc sbe media-gateways, page 39-453
• show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account, page 39-456
• show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency, page 39-458
• show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account, page 39-460
• show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency, page 39-462
• show services sbc sbe qos-profiles, page 39-464
• show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting acounting, page 39-466
• show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting authentication, page 39-467
• show services sbc sbe radius-client-stats, page 39-468
• show services sbc sbe radius-server-stats, page 39-469
• show services sbc sbe redirect-limit, page 39-471
• show services sbc sbe resource-priority-sets, page 39-472
• show services sbc sbe sdp-h245-mapping, page 39-473
39-10Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands Command Reference
• show services sbc sbe sdp-match-table, page 39-475
• show services sbc sbe sdp-policy-table, page 39-476
• show services sbc sbe sip essential-headers, page 39-477
• show services sbc sbe sip essential-methods, page 39-478
• show services sbc sbe sip essential-options, page 39-479
• show services sbc sbe sip fast-register-stats, page 39-480
• show services sbc sbe sip header-profile, page 39-481
• show services sbc sbe sip header-profiles, page 39-482
• show services sbc sbe sip method-profile, page 39-483
• show services sbc sbe sip method-profiles, page 39-484
• show services sbc sbe sip option-profile, page 39-485
• show services sbc sbe sip-method-stats, page 39-486
• show services sbc sbe sip option-profiles, page 39-488
• show services sbc sbe sip parameter-profile access-param
• show services sbc sbc sbe sip parameter-profile, page 39-489
• show services sbc sbe sip timers, page 39-492
• show services sbc services, page 39-493
• signaling-address ipv4, page 39-494
• signaling-peer, page 39-496
• signaling-peer-port, page 39-498
• signaling-port, page 39-499
• sip, page 39-500
• sip dns, page 39-501
• sip encryption key, page 39-502
• sip header-profile, page 39-503
• sip home network identifier, page 39-504
• sip hunting-trigger, page 39-505
• sipi, page 39-506
• sip inherit profile, page 39-507
• sip max-connections, page 39-509
• sip method-profile, page 39-510
• sip option-profile, page 39-511
• sip parameter-profile, page 39-513
• sip ping-support, page 39-514
• sip visited network identifier, page 39-516
• snmp-server enable traps sbc, page 39-517
• statistics-setting, page 39-518
• tcp (blacklist), page 39-519
39-11Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands Command Reference
• tcp-connect-timeout, page 39-520
• tcp-idle-timeout, page 39-521
• tech-prefix, page 39-522
• time-offset, page 39-523
• timeout, page 39-524
• transcode-deny, page 39-526
• transcoder, page 39-527
• transport (SBE H.248), page 39-528
• transport tcp, page 39-529
• transport udp, page 39-530
• trigger-period, page 39-531
• trigger-size, page 39-533
• udp (blacklist), page 39-535
• udp-first-retransmit-interval, page 39-536
• udp-max-retransmit-interval, page 39-537
• udp-response-linger-period, page 39-538
• unexpected-source-alerting, page 39-539
• use-any-local-port, page 39-540
• use-time-offset, page 39-541
• vdbe, page 39-542
• vpn, page 39-543
• vrf, page 39-545
• weight, page 39-546
39-12Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands account
accountTo define a SIP or H.323 adjacency account on an SBE, use the account command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove this definition, use the no form of this command.
account account-name
no account account-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No account name is associated with the adjacency.
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to account isp42:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# account isp42
The following example shows how to configure the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to account isp42:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# account isp42
Related Commands
account-name Specifies the SBE account name.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC.
39-13Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (CAC)
action (CAC)To specify the action to take if this routing entry is chosen, use the action command in the CAC table entry configuration mode.
action [cac-complete | next-table goto-table-name ]
no action [cac-complete | next-table goto-table-name ]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the next table to process for the entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# first-cac-scope callhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable match-type src-accounthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# action cac-complete
Related Commands
cac-complete When an event matches, this CAC policy is complete.
next-table Specifies the name of the next CAC table. The maximum number of characters is 80.
goto-table-name Specifies the table name identifying the next CAC table to process (or cac-complete, if processing should stop).
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
action (NA-) Configures the action to perform after an entry in an admission control table.
action (RTG-SRC) Configures the action to take if a routing entry is chosen.
39-14Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action drop-msg
action drop-msgTo add an action of dropping the message to a SIP message profile, use the action drop-msg command in SIP header-profile configuration mode. To remove the method from the profile, use the no form of this command.
action drop-msg
no action drop-msg
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SIP header configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The “Examples” section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows action of dropping the message to a SIP message profile to the header profile MyProfile:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile MyProfilehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)# action drop-msg
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sip header-profile Configures a header profile.
39-15Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (NA)
action (NA)To configure the action of an entry in the number analysis table with entries of the table matching a dialed number (prefix or whole number) or the source adjacency or account, use the action (NA-) command in the number analysis table configuration mode. To deconfigure the action, use the no form of this command.
action [next-table goto-table-name | accept | reject]
no action [next-table goto-table-name | accept | reject]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Number analysis table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the call to be accepted if it matches the source adjacency entry in the new number analysis table MyNaTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-src-adjacency-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)# action accept
Related Commands
next-table goto-table-name
Specifies the next number analysis table to process, if the event matches this
entry.
accept Configures the call to be accepted if it matches the entry in the table.
reject Configures the call to be rejected if it matches the entry in the table.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
action (NA-) Configures the action of an entry in the number analysis table with entries of the table matching a dialed number (prefix or whole number) or the source adjacency or account.
action (CAC) Configures the action to perform after an entry in an admission control table.
39-16Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (RTG)
action (RTG)To specify the action to take if this routing entry is chosen, use the action command in the RTG routing table configuration mode.
action [next-table goto-table-name | complete | reject ]
no action [next-table goto-table-name | complete | reject ]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes RTG routing table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the match-value of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable so that if any calls match this criterion, they are rejected.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-src-account-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-account 1471host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# action reject
The following example shows how to configure the match-value of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable so that if any calls match this criterion, they are rejected.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-round-robin-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-address 1471
next-table goto-table-name
Specifies the next number analysis table to process, if the event matches this
entry.
complete Routing is complete when an entry matches this policy.
reject Configures the call to be rejected if it matches the entry in the table.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-17Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (RTG)
host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# action reject
The following example shows how to configure the match-value of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable so that if any calls match this criterion, they are rejected.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-dst-address-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-address 1471host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# action complete
Related Commands Command Description
action (NA) Configures the action of an entry in the number analysis table with entries of the table matching a dialed number (prefix or whole number) or the source adjacency or account.
action (CAC) Configures the action to perform after an entry in an admission control table.
39-18Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (SDP)
action (SDP)To configure an SDP policy table action, use the action command in the SDP attribute table configuration mode. To remove the method from the profile, use the no form of this command.
action {whitelist | blacklist)
no action {whitelist | blacklist}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SDP attribute table configuration (config-sbc-sbe- sdpmatchtable-sdpattributetable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows the action of dropping the message to a SIP message profile to the header profile MyProfile:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sdp-match-table 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sdp-match-tbl)# action blacklist
Related Commands
whitelist Allows the defined set of attributes and blocks the rest.
blacklist Blocks the defined set of attributes and allows the rest.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
match-string Configures an SDP attribute matching string.
sdp-attribute-table Configures an SDP attribute table that lists the attributes to add or remove.
sdp-match-table Creates an SDP match table.
sdp-policy-table Configures an SDP policy table.
39-19Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (SIP)
action (SIP)To configure the action to take on an element type in a header or parameter profile, use the action command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove an action from the element type, use the no form of this command.
action {add-first-header| add-header | as-profile | drop-msg | pass | replace-name | replace-value | strip}
no action {add-first-header| add-header | as-profile | drop-msg | pass | replace-name | replace-value | strip}
Syntax Description
Command Default The default body action is strip.
The default parameter action is strip.
The default header action is strip.
Command Modes SBE header profile header configuration
SBE parameter profile parameter configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
If a configuration is loaded on top of an active configuration, warnings are generated to notify that the configuration cannot be modified. If you must modify the entire configuration by loading a new one, please remove the existing configuration first.
add-first-header Adds the first occurrence of a header (no action if a header exists).
add-header Adds a header whether on not one already exists.
as-profile Selects default profile action (whilelist/blacklist).
drop-msg Drops the message.
pass Passes on the header.
replace-name Replaces the header name.
replace-value Replaces the header content (value).
strip Unconditionally strips the matched body, header, or parameter element.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-20Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (SIP)
Examples The following example shows how to set the action for parameter element type user in parameter profile paramprof1 to add-not-present:
host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip parameter-profile paramprof1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm)# parameter userhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm-ele)# action add-not-present value phone
The following example shows how to set the action for header element type To in parameter profile headerprof1 to as-profile:
host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile headerprof1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)# header Tohost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele)# action as-profile
Related Commands Command Description
header Configures a header element in a header profile.
parameter-profile Configures aparameter element in a parameter profile.
39-21Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (parameter)
action (parameter)To configure the action to take on a parameter, use the action command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove an action from the element type, use the no form of this command.
action {add-not-present [value] {private-ip-address | public-ip-address | access-user-data}| add-or-replace [value] {private-ip-address | public-ip-address | access-user-data}| strip}
no action {add-not-present [value] {private-ip-address | public-ip-address | access-user-data}| add-or-replace [value] {private-ip-address | public-ip-address | access-user-data}| strip}
Syntax Description
Command Default The default parameter action is strip.
The default header action is strip.
Command Modes SBE header profile header configuration
SBE parameter profile parameter configuration(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm-ele)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
If a configuration is loaded on top of an active configuration, warnings are generated to notify that the configuration cannot be modified. If you must modify the entire configuration by loading a new one, please remove the existing configuration first.
Examples The following example shows how to set the action for parameter element type user in parameter profile paramprof1 to add-not-present:
host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip parameter-profile paramprof1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm)# parameter user
add-not-present Adds the parameter if it is not present.
value The value of the parameter to be added or replaced.
add-or-replace Adds the parameter if it is not present or replace the paramter if it is present.
private-ip-address Update parameter as private IP address.
public-ip-address Update parameter as public IP address.
access-user-data Update parameter as access user data.
strip Strips out the parameter if it is present.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-22Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (parameter)
host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm-ele)# action add-not-present value phone
The following example shows how to set the action for header element type To in parameter profile headerprof1 to as-profile:
host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile headerprof1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)# header Tohost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele)# action as-profile
Related Commands Command Description
header Configures a header element in a header profile.
parameter Configures aparameter element in a parameter profile.
39-23Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands activate (dbe, sbe)
activate (dbe, sbe)To initiate the Session Border Controller (SBC) service when all SBE or data border element (DBE) address configuration have been successfully committed, use the activate command in the appropriate configuration mode. To deactivate the SBE service of the SBC, use the no form of this command.
activate
no activate
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default Default is the no form of the command.
Command Modes DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
The command is not completed even when the CLI returns; there is an asynchronous process (activation or deactivation) going on and the new instruction is not actioned until the last one completes.
Examples The following example shows how to activate the DBE on the service mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurhost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin (config-sbc-dbe)# activate
The following example shows how to activate the SBE on the service mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin (config-sbc-sbe)# activate
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.0.00 SBE support added.
Command Description
deact-mode Indicates how to implement the deactivation of an SBE.
39-24Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands activate (billing)
activate (billing)To activate billing when it is configured, use the activate command in SBE billing configuration mode.
activate
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default By default, billing is not activated.
Command Modes SBE billing configuration (config-sbc-sbe-billing)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
If a configuration is loaded on top of an active configuration, warnings are generated to notify that the configuration cannot be modified. If you must modify the entire configuration by loading a new one, please remove the existing configuration first.
You can activate billing only after the RADIUS configuration has been activated.
Examples The following example shows how to activate the billing functionality after configuration is committed:
host1/Admin/Admin# configurehost1/Admin/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billinghost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-billing)# activate
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
billing Configures billing.
ldr-check Configures the time of day (local time) to run the Long Duration Check (LDR).
local-address ipv4 Configures the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR.
method packetcable-em
Enables the packet-cable billing method.
39-25Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands activate (billing)
packetcable-em transport radius
Configures a packet-cable billing instance.
show services sbc sbe billing remote
Displays the local and billing configurations.
Command Description
39-26Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands activate (radius)
activate (radius)To activate the RADIUS client, use the activate command in the appropriate configuration mode. To disable this command, use the no form of this command.
activate
no activate
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default Default is the no form of the command.
Command Modes Server accounting (config-sbc-sbe-acc)
Server authentication (config-sbc-sbe-auth)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to activate the RADIUS client.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc uut105-1host1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting SBC1-account-1host1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# activate
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
retry-interval Sets the retry interval to connect to the RADIUS server.
retry-limit Sets the retry interval to the RADIUS server.
concurrent-requests Sets the maximum number of concurrent requests to the RADIUS server.
39-27Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands active-cac-policy-set
active-cac-policy-setTo set the active CAC-policy-set within an SBE entity, use the active-cac-policy-set command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the active policy set, leaving the SBE with no active policy set, use the no form of this command.
active-cac-policy-set policy-set-id
no active-cac-policy-set policy-set-id
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to activate policy set 1 on mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin (config-sbc-sbe)# active-cac-policy-set 1
Related Commands
policy-set-id Integer identifying the policy set that should be made active. Range is 1 to 2147483647.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
active-call-policy Sets the active routing policy set within an SBE entity.
39-28Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands active-call-policy-set
active-call-policy-setTo set the active routing policy set within an SBE entity, use the active-call-policy-set command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the active routing policy set, leaving the SBE with no active routing policy set, use the no form of this command.
active-call-policy-set policy-set-id
no active-call-policy-set
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines If another policy set was previously active, it is made inactive by executing this command. The SBE is created with no active routing policy set; an active routing policy set must be explicitly configured using this command.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to activate policy set 1 on mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin (config-sbc-sbe)# active-call-policy-set 1
Related Commands
policy-set-id Integer that identifies the policy set that should be made active. Range is 1 to 2147483647.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
active-cac-policy-set Sets the active CAC-policy-set within an SBE entity.
39-29Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands address-default
address-defaultTo enter the mode for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN, use the blacklist command in the SBE blacklist configuration mode. To set the values for the VPN to the same as global addresses, use the no form of this command.
address-default
no address-default
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default Event limits are set to the same value for all VPNs.
Command Modes SBE blacklist configuration (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the address-default command is used to enter the mode for configuring the default event limits for all addresses:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# address-default
VRF-name is optional for the blacklist. However, if a VRF-name is entered, a vpn token is required as shown in the following example:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# address-default ? <cr> Carriage return. host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# address-default host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-addr-default)# exit host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# vpn vpnname host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn)# address-default ? <cr> Carriage return. host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn)# address-default host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn-addr-default)#
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-30Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands address-default
Related Commands Command Description
reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source.
timeout Defines the length of time that packets from the source are blocked, should the limit be exceeded.
trigger-period Defines the period over which events are considered.
trigger-size Defines the number of the specified events from the specified source that are allowed before the blacklisting is triggered, and blocks all packets from the source.
39-31Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands address ipv4
address ipv4To configure the address of the RADIUS server, use the address command in command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the active accounting server address, use the no form of this command.
address ipv4 A.B.C.D.
no address ipv4 A.B.C.D.
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Server accounting (config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Any number of accounting servers can be specified. Call Detail Reports are sent to the accounting server with the highest priority upon call termination.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures accounting servers castor and pollux on mySbc for Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS) client instance radius1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin (config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting radius1(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server castor(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# address ipv4 10.0.0.1(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# exit(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server pollux(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# address pollux(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# exit
Related Commands
A.B.C.D. IP address of the RADIUS server.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
radius Configures a RADIUS client for accounting or authentication purposes.
39-32Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands adjacency
adjacencyTo configure an adjacency for a Session Border Controller (SBC) service, use the adjacency command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the adjacency, use the no form of this command.
adjacency {sip | h323} adjacency-name
no adjacency {sip | h323} adjacency-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section below shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the adjacency command configures a SIP adjacency named sipGW.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip sipGWhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)#
The following example shows how the adjacency command configures an H.323 adjacency named H323ToIsp42.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 H323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)#
Related Commands
sip Enters the mode of an SBE SIP adjacency.
h323 Enters the mode of an SBE H.323 adjacency.
adjacency-name Specifies the name of the SBE SIP or H.323 adjacency.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe adjacencies Displays all adjacencies.
39-33Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands adjacency timeout
adjacency timeoutTo configure the adjacency retry timeout interval, use the adjacency timeout command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
adjacency timeout value
no adjacency timeout value
Syntax Description
Command Default The default value is 30 seconds.
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the adjacency timeout command configures adjacency retry timeout in adjacency H.323 configuration mode:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# adjacency timeout 10000
The following example shows how the adjacency timeout command configures adjacency retry timeout in H.323 configuration mode.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# h323host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# adjacency timeout 10000
Related Commands
value Specifies the timeout period in milliseconds. Valid values are from 10000 to 30000. The default value is 30 seconds.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC.
39-34Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands alias
aliasTo configure the endpoint alias of an H.323 adjacency, use the alias command in adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.
alias alias-name
no alias
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 endpoint alias to end1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# alias end1
Related Commands
alias-name Specifies the alias of the H.323 adjacency endpoint.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
attach-controller Configures a DBE to attach to a controller.
39-35Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands allow private info
allow private infoTo configure an H.323 adjacency to allow private information on messages sent out by the adjacency, use the allow private info command in the adjacencyH.323 configuration mode. To disallow private information on messages sent out by the adjacency, use the no form of this command.
allow private info
no allow private info
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default Default is the no form of the command.
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Please note that if you configure the H.323 adjacency to allow private information, then it will allow private information on messages even if the CAC policy is configured to apply privacy service or the user requests privacy service.
Examples The following example shows how the allow private info command is used to configure an H.323 adjacency to allow private information on messages sent by the adjacency.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323ToIsp422host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# allow private info
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
privacy restrict outbound
Configures an H.323 adjacency to apply privacy restriction on outbound messages if the user requests it.
39-36Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands attach (adjacency)
attach (adjacency)To attach an adjacency to an account on an SBE, use the attach command in the appropriate configuration mode. To detach the adjacency from an account on an SBE, use the no form of this command.
attach force [abort | normal]
no attach force [abort | normal]
Syntax Description
Command Default Default is the no form of the command.
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Use the force argument to tear all SBE calls down.
Examples The following example shows how to attach the H.323 adjacency to h323ToIsp42:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# attach
Related Commands
force Executes a forced detach.
abort Tears down calls without signaling an end.
normal Tears down calls gracefully.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC.
39-37Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands attach (billing)
attach (billing)To activate the billing for a RADIUS client, use the attach command in packetcable-em configuration mode. To disable the billing for a RADIUS client, use the no form of this command.
attach
no attach
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values.
Command Modes Packet-cable em configuration (config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to activate the billingfunctionality for a RADIUS client:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing (config-sbc-sbe-billing)# method packetcable-em(config-sbc-sbe-billing)# packetcable-em 4 transport radius test(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# batch-size 256(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# batch-time 22(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# attach
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
activate (radius) Activates the billing functionality after configuration is committed.
attach Activates the billing for a RADIUS client.
batch-size Configures the batching or grouping of RADIUS messages sent to a RADIUS server.
batch-time Configures the maximum number of milliseconds for which any record is held in the batch before the batch is sent.
deact-mode Configures the deactivate mode for the billing method.
39-38Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands attach (billing)
ldr-check Configures the time of day (local time) to run the Long Duration Check (LDR).
local-address ipv4 Configures the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR.
local-address ipv4 (packet-cable)
Configures the local address of the packet-cable billing instance.
method packetcable-em
Enables the packet-cable billing method.
packetcable-em transport radius
Configures a packet-cable billing instance.
show services sbc sbe billing remote
Displays the local and billing configurations.
Command Description
39-39Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands attach-controllers
attach-controllersTo configure a DBE to attach to an H.248 controller, use the attach-controllers command in VDBE configuration mode. To detach the DBE from its controller, use the no form of this command.
attach-controllers
no attach-controllers
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default The default is that no controllers are attached.
Command Modes VDBE configuration mode (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines The attachment and detachment of the DBE from its controller does not always complete immediately. To view the current attachment status, use the show sbc dbe controllers command.
Examples In a configuration where the DBE has been created and controllers have been configured, the following example shows how to attach the DBE to a controller in VDBE configuration mode:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# attach-controllers
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
vdbe Configures a virtual data border element (vDBE) and enters the VDBE configuration mode.
show sbc dbe controllers Lists the media gateway controllers configured on each vDBE and its controller address.
39-40Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands authentication
authenticationTo configure the H.323 adjacency authentication, use the authentication command in the adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To deconfigure the H.323 adjacency authentication mode, use the no form of this command.
authentication auth-type
no authentication
Syntax Description
Command Default Default is the no form of the command.
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines This command causes the SBC to authenticate itself with a Gatekeeper. The gatekeeper is responsible for performing the endpoint authentication.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command sets H.323 adjacency "h323ToIsp42" to use endpoint authentication.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# isp42 adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# authentication endpointhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# exit
Related Commands
auth-type The authentication type; currently this can only be endpoint.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC.
39-41Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands authentication endpoint
authentication endpointTo configure the H.323 adjacency to use endpoint authentication, use the authentication endpoint command in Adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.
authentication endpoint
no authentication endpoint
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default By default, no authentication procedures are performed.
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to use endpoint authentication:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# authentication endpoint
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sipi Configures the H.323 adjacency authentication key.
39-42Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands authentication-key
authentication-keyTo configure the H.323 adjacency authentication key, use the authentication-key command in adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To deconfigure the H.323 adjacency authentication key, use the no form of this command.
authentication-key key
no authentication-key
Syntax Description
Command Default Default is the no form of the command.
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to use authentication key FG56KJ:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# authentication-key FG56KJ
Related Commands
key Specifies the authentication key. (This is valid only when authentication is turned on.)
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
authentication endpoint Configures an H.323 adjacency to use endpoint authentication.
39-43Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands authentication mode
authentication modeTo configure the authentication mode for a SIP adjacency, use the authentication mode command in the adjacency SIP configurationmode. To deconfigure the authentication mode, use the no form of this command.
authentication mode {local | remote}
no authentication mode {local | remote}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the authentication mode command is used to configure the SIP adjacency for local authentication:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# authentication mode local
Related Commands
local Configures the SIP adjacency for local authentication.
remote Configures the SIP adjacency for remote authentication.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
authentication nonce timeout
Configures the authentication nonce timeout for a SIP adjacency.
39-44Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands authentication nonce timeout
authentication nonce timeoutTo configure the authentication nonce timeout for a SIP adjacency, use the authentication nonce timeout command in the adjacency SIP configuration mode. To deconfigure the authentication nonce timeout, use the no form of this command.
authentication nonce timeout value
no authentication nonce timeout
Syntax Description
Command Default The default timeout value is 300 seconds.
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the authentication nonce timeout command is used to configure the authentication nonce timeout in seconds for a SIP adjacency:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# authentication nonce timeout 10
Related Commands
value Specifies the timeout value in seconds. The range of values is 0 to 65535.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
authentication mode Configures the authentication mode for a SIP adjacency.
39-45Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands authentication-realm
authentication-realmTo configure a set of authentication credentials for a specified domain on the specified SIP adjacency, use the authentication-realm command in SIP adjacency configuration mode. To deconfigure the authentication realm on the specified adjacency, use the no form of this command.
authentication-realm {inbound domain | outbound domain username password}
no authentication-realm {inbound domain | outbound domain}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the authentication-realm command configures an authentication realm for the domain example.com on SIP adjacency SipToISP42:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SiptoISP42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# authentication-realm outbound example.com usersbc passwordsbc
Related Commands
inbound Specifies inbound authentication-realm.
outbound Specifies outbound authentication-realm.
domain Name of the domain for which the authentication credentials are valid.
username Username that identifies the SBC in the specified domain.
password Password to authenticate the username in the specified domain.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC.
39-46Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands averaging-period
averaging-periodTo configure the size of the averaging period used by CAC for its rate calculations, use the averaging period command in the CAC-policy-set configuration mode. To return the averaging period to its default, use the no form of this command.
averaging-period duration
no averaging-period
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is 60 seconds.
Command Modes CAC-policy-set configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command sets the averaging period to 5 seconds in configuration set 1 on "mySbc".
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# averaging-period 5host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit
Related Commands
duration The size of the averaging window to use, in seconds. Default is 60 seconds.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
cac-policy-set Enters the submode of CAC policy set configuration.
39-47Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands batch-size
batch-sizeTo configure the batching or grouping of RADIUS messages sent to a RADIUS server, use the batch command in the packetcable-em configuration mode. To disable the batch, use the no form of this command.
batch-size number
no batch-size
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is 0.
Command Modes Packet-cable em configuration (config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
A value of 0 indicates no batching. A platform may choose to set a nonzero default value (this may increase performance.)
Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum size of a batch of CDRs:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing (config-sbc-sbe-billing)# packetcable-em 4 transport radius test(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# batch-size 256
Related Commands
number Specifies the batch size in bytes. The range is 0 through 4096.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
activate (radius) Activates the billing functionality after configuration is committed.
attach Activates the billing for a RADIUS client.
batch-size Configures the batching or grouping of RADIUS messages sent to a RADIUS server.
batch-time Configures the maximum number of milliseconds for which any record is held in the batch before the batch is sent.
deact-mode Configures the deactivate mode for the billing method.
39-48Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands batch-size
ldr-check Configures the time of day (local time) to run the Long Duration Check (LDR).
local-address ipv4 Configures the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR.
local-address ipv4 (packet-cable)
Configures the local address of the packet-cable billing instance.
method packetcable-em
Enables the packet-cable billing method.
packetcable-em transport radius
Configures a packet-cable billing instance.
show services sbc sbe billing remote
Displays the local and billing configurations.
Command Description
39-49Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands batch-time
batch-timeTo configure the maximum number of milliseconds for which any record is held before the batch is sent, use the batch-time command in the packetcable-em configuration mode. To disable the waiting period, use the no form of this command.
batch-time number
no batch-time
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is 1000 milliseconds.
Command Modes Packetcable em configuration (config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of milliseconds for which any record is held before the batch is sent:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing (config-sbc-sbe-billing)# packetcable-em 4 transport radius test(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# batch-size 256(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# batch-time 22
Related Commands
number Specifies the batch time in milliseconds. The range is 1 through 3600000.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
activate (radius) Activates the billing functionality after configuration is committed.
attach Activates the billing for a RADIUS client.
batch-size Configures the batching or grouping of RADIUS messages sent to a RADIUS server.
batch-time Configures the maximum number of milliseconds for which any record is held in the batch before the batch is sent.
deact-mode Configures the deactivate mode for the billing method.
39-50Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands batch-time
ldr-check Configures the time of day (local time) to run the Long Duration Check (LDR).
local-address ipv4 Configures the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR.
local-address ipv4 (packet-cable)
Configures the local address of the packet-cable billing instance.
method packetcable-em
Enables the packet-cable billing method.
packetcable-em transport radius
Configures a packet-cable billing instance.
show services sbc sbe billing remote
Displays the local and billing configurations.
Command Description
39-51Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands billing
billingTo configure billing, use the billing command in SBE configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove all of the billing configuration.
billing
no billing
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
There is only one billing per SBC.
Examples The following example shows how to enter the billing mode for mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-billng)#
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.00 The remote keyword was removed.
Command Description
activate (radius) Activates the billing functionality after configuration is committed.
ldr-check Configures the time of day (local time) to run the Long Duration Check (LDR).
local-address ipv4 Configures the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR.
method packetcable-em
Enables the packet-cable billing method.
39-52Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands billing
packetcable-em transport radius
Configures a packet-cable billing instance.
show services sbc sbe billing remote
Displays the local and billing configurations.
Command Description
39-53Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands blacklist (sbe)
blacklist (sbe)To enter the mode for configuring the event limits of a given source, use the blacklist command in the SBE configuration mode. To return the event limits to the default values, use the no form of this command.
blacklist
no blacklist
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values.
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to enter the mode for configuring the default event limits for all addresses:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# address-default
VRF-name is optional for the blacklist. However, if a VRF-name is entered, a vpn token is required as shown in the following example:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# address-default ? <cr> Carriage return. host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# address-default host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-addr-default)# exit host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# vpn vpnname host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn)# address-default ? <cr> Carriage return. host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn)# address-default host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn-addr-default)#
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-54Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands blacklist (sbe)
The following example shows how the vpn command is used to enter the mode for configuring the event limits for a given VPN:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# vpn testhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn)#
The following example shows how to enter the mode for configuring blacklisting to apply to all addresses:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# global
The following example shows how to enter the mode for applying blacklisting options to a single IP address:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklisthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)#
Related Commands Command Description
address-default Enters the mode for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN.
clear services sbc sbe blacklist
Clears the blacklist for the specified SBC service.
global Enters the mode for configuring blacklisting to apply to all addresse.
ipv4 (blacklist) Enters the mode for applying blacklisting options to a single IP address.
vpn Enters the mode for configuring the event limits for a given VPN.
reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source.
show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits
Lists the explicitly configured limits, showing only the sources configured.
show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting
Lists the limits causing sources to be blacklisted.
tcp Enters the mode for configuring blacklisting for TCP protocol only.
timeout Defines the length of time that packets from the source are blocked, should the limit be exceeded.
trigger-period Defines the period over which events are considered.
default-port-limit Enters a submode for configuring the default even limits for the ports of a given address.
39-55Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands blacklist (sbe)
trigger-size Defines the number of the specified events from the specified source that are allowed before the blacklisting is triggered, and blocks all packets from the source.
udp Enters the mode for configuring blacklisting for UDP protocol only.
vpn Enters the mode for configuring the event limits for a given VPN.
Command Description
39-56Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands blacklist (sip-opt)
blacklist (sip-opt)To set profile to be blacklisted, use the blacklist command in SIP option mode. Use the no form of this command to remove blacklist from this profile.
blacklist
no blacklist
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default The global default is used.
Command Modes SIP option (sip-opt)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command:
Examples The following example shows how to add an option to the profile.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc sanity host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip option-profile optpr1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-opt)# blacklist
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sip-option-profile Configures an option profile in the mode of an SBE entity for a SIP option whitelist or blacklist profile.
39-57Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands cache-lifetime
cache-lifetimeTo configure the lifetime of any DNS entry, use the cache-lifetime command in the DNS configuration mode. To disable the lifetime, use the no form of this command.
cache-lifetime 0-1879048
no cache-lifetime
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes DNS configuration (config-sbc-sbe-dns)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the lifetime of any DNS entry:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip dnshost1/Admin(config-sbe-dns)# cache-lifetime 444
Related Commands
0-1879048 Lfetime of any DNS entry, in seconds.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
cache-limit Configures the maximum number of entries that are permitted in the DNS cache.
sip dns Enters the SIP DNS configuration mode.
39-58Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands cache-limit
cache-limitTo configure the maximum number of entries that are permitted in the DNS cache, use the cache-limit command in the DNS configuration mode. To set the limit to 100, use the no form of this command.
cache-limit 0-4294967295
no cache-lifetime
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is 100.
Command Modes DNS configuration (config-sbc-sbe-dns)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure limits on DNS entries:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip dnshost1/Admin(config-sbe-dns)# cache-limit 14
Related Commands
0-4294967295 Maximum number of DNS entries.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
cache-lifetime Configures the lifetime of any DNS entry.
sip dns Enters the SIP DNS configuration mode.
39-59Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands cac-policy-set
cac-policy-setUse the cac-policy-set command in the SBE configuration mode to enter the submode of CAC policy set configuration within an SBE entity. If necessary, a new policy set is created. Changes are not be permitted to the configuration of the active policy set.
Use the no form of the command to destroy the policy set. A policy set may not be destroyed if it is the active policy set.
cac-policy-set policy-set-id
no cac-policy-set policy-set-id
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values.
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command creates an empty policy set, identified by number 1, on mySbc.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit
Related Commands
policy-set-id An integer chosen by the user to identify the policy set. The range is 1 - 2147483647.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
active-cac-policy-set Sets the active CAC-policy-set within an SBE entity.
39-60Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands cac-table
cac-tableTo create or configure an admission control table, use the cac-table command in CAC-policy-set configuration mode. To delete the admission control table, use the no form of this command.
cac-table table-name
no cac-table table-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC-policy-set configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to create the admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)#
Related Commands
table-name Specifies the admission control table.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
first-cac-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the admission control stage of policy.
first-cac-scope Configures the scope at which to begin defining limits when performing the admission control stage of policy.
39-61Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-codec-list
callee-codec-listTo list the codecs that the callee leg of a call is allowed to use, use the callee-codec-list command in the CAC table entry configuration mode. To delete a codec list, use the no form of this command.
callee-codec-list list-name
no callee-codec-list list-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to enter a submode to create a codec list using the name my_codecs:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-codec-list test
list-name Name of the codec list. The maximum size is 30 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-62Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-hold-setting
callee-hold-settingTo configure the callee hold settings that are supported, use the callee-hold-setting command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To disable the settings, use the no form of this command.
callee-hold-setting {hold-c0 | hold-c0-inactive | hold-c0-sendonly | hold-sendonly | standard}
no callee-hold-setting {hold-c0 | hold-c0-inactive | hold-c0-sendonly | hold-sendonly | standard}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the callee hold settings:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value fairchildhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-hold-setting hold-sendonlyhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# action cac-completehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# complete
hold-c0 Callee supports or requires c=I 0.0.0.0.
hold-c0-inactive Callee supports or requires c=I 0.0.0.0 or a=inactive.
hold-c0-sendonly Callee supports or requires c= 0.0.0.0 or a=sendonly
hold-sendonly Callee supports or requires a=sendonly.
standard Callee supports or requires c= 0.0.0.0 and either a=forward-direction capability.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-63Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-hold-setting
Related Commands Command Description
callee-inbound-policy Configures a callee inbound SDP policy table.
callee-outbound-policy Configures a callee outbound SDP policy table.
39-64Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-inbound-policy
callee-inbound-policyTo configure a callee inbound SDP policy table, use the callee-inbound-policy command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To disable a callee inbound SDP policy table, use the no form of this command.
callee-inbound-policy WORD
no callee-inbound-policy WORD
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to create the admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-inbound-policy test
Related Commands
WORD Name of the SDP policy table. The maximum size is 30 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
callee-hold-setting Configures the callee hold settings that are supported.
callee-outbound-policy Configures a callee outbound SDP policy table.
39-65Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-outbound-policy
callee-outbound-policyTo configure a callee outbound SDP policy table, use the callee-outbound-policy command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To disable the settings, use the no form of this command.
callee-outbound-policy WORD
no callee-outbound-policy WORD
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to create the admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-inbound-policy test
Related Commands
WORD Name of the SDP policy table. The maximum size is 30 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
callee-hold-setting Configures the callee hold settings that are supported.
callee-inbound-policy Configures a callee inbound SDP policy table.
39-66Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-privacy
callee-privacyTo configure the level of privacy processing to perform on messages sent from callee to caller, use the callee-privacy command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum number of channels in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.
callee-privacy [callee_priv_setting]
no callee-privacy
Syntax Description
Command Default The default for callee_priv_setting=never.
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the entry to always hide callee identity in the new admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-privacy always
Related Commands
callee_priv_setting Indicates specific callee privacy setting. Values are:
• never: Never hides the identity.
• account-boundary: Hides the identity if caller is different account from callee.
• always: Always hides the identity.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
cac-table Configures an admission control table.
39-67Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-sig-qos-profile
callee-sig-qos-profileTo configure the QoS profile to be used for signaling packets sent to the original callee, use the callee-sig-qos-profile command in the CAC table entry configuration mode. To deconfigure the QoS profile, use the no form of this command.
callee-sig-qos-profile profile-name
no callee-sig-qos-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the callee-sig-qos-profile command is used to configure the QoS profile named enterprise to be used for signaling packets sent to the original callee:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-sig-qos-profile enterprise
Related Commands
profile-name Specifies the name of the QoS profile. The string “default” is reserved.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
callee-video-qos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for video media packets sent to the original callee.
callee-voice-qos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for voice media packets sent to the original callee.
39-68Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-video-qos-profile
callee-video-qos-profileTo configure the QoS profile to use for media packets sent to the original callee, use the callee-video-qos-profile command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.
callee-video-qos-profile profile-name
no callee-video-qos-profile
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Note The callee-video-qos-profile can be executed only at the per-call scope. CAC policy does not activate if configured at any other scope.
Examples The following example shows how to configure calls from the acme account to use the video QoS profile enterprise for packets sent from the SBC to the original callee:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope callhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-accounthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value acmehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-video-qos-profile enterprisehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit
profile-name Specifies the QoS profile.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-69Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-video-qos-profile
Related Commands Command Description
callee-sig-qos-profile Configures the QoS profile to be used for signaling packets sent to the original callee.
callee-voice-qos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for voice media packets sent to the original callee.
39-70Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-voice-qos-profile
callee-voice-qos-profileTo configure the QoS profile to use for media packets sent to the original callee, use the callee-voice-qos-profile command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.
callee-voice-qos-profile profile-name
no callee-voice-qos-profile
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Note This command can be executed only at the per-call scope. CAC policy does not activate if this command is configured at any other scope.
Examples The following example shows how to configure calls from the acme account to use the voice QoS profile enterprise for packets sent from the SBC to the original callee.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope callhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-accounthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value acmehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-voice-qos-profile enterprisehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit
profile-name Specifies the QoS profile.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-71Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-voice-qos-profile
Related Commands Command Description
callee-sig-qos-profile Configures the QoS profile to be used for signaling packets sent to the original callee.
callee-video-qos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for video media packets sent to the original callee.
39-72Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-codec-list
caller-codec-listTo list the codecs that the caller leg of a call is allowed to use, use the caller-codec-list command in the CAC table entry configuration mode. To delete a codec list, use the no form of this command.
caller-codec-list list-name
no caller-codec-list list-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to enter a submode to create a codec list using the name my_codecs:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-codec-list test
list-name Name of the codec list. The maximum size is 30 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-73Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-hold-setting
caller-hold-settingTo configure the caller hold settings that are supported, use the caller-hold-setting command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To delete caller hold setting, use the no form of this command.
caller-hold-setting {hold-c0 | hold-c0-inactive | hold-c0-sendonly | hold-sendonly | standard}
no caller-hold-setting {hold-c0 | hold-c0-inactive | hold-c0-sendonly | hold-sendonly | standard}
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is standard.
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)#
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the caller hold settings:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value fairchildhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-hold-setting hold-sendonlyhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# action cac-completehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# complete
hold-c0 Callee supports or requires c=I 0.0.0.0.
hold-c0-inactive Callee supports or requires c=I 0.0.0.0 or a=inactive.
hold-c0-sendonly Callee supports or requires c= 0.0.0.0 or a=sendonly.
hold-sendonly Callee supports or requires a=sendonly.
standard Callee supports or requires c= 0.0.0.0 and either a=forward-direction capability.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-74Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-hold-setting
Related Commands Command Description
caller-outbound-policy Configures a caller outbound SDP policy table.
caller-inbound-policy Configures a caller inbound SDP policy table.
39-75Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-inbound-policy
caller-inbound-policyTo configure a caller inbound SDP policy table, use the caller-inbound-policy command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To delete a caller inbound SDP policy table, use the no form of this command.
caller-inbound-policy WORD
no caller-inbound-policy WORD
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or value
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)#
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure a caller inbound SDP policy table:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-inbound-policy test
Related Commands
WORD Name of the SDP policy table. The maximum size is 30 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
caller-hold-setting Configures the caller hold settings.
caller-outbound-policy Configure a caller outbound SDP policy table.
39-76Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-outbound-policy
caller-outbound-policyTo configure a caller outbound SDP policy table, use the caller-outbound-policy command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To delete , use the no form of this command.
caller-outbound-policy table_name
no caller-outbound-policy table_name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or value
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)#
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure a caller outbound SDP policy table:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-outbound-policy test
Related Commands
WORD Specifies the name of the SDP policy table. The maximum size is 30 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
caller-hold-setting Configures the caller hold settings.
caller-inbound-policy Configures a caller inbound SDP policy table.
39-77Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-privacy
caller-privacyTo configure the level of privacy processing to perform on messages sent from caller to callee, use the caller-privacy command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum number of channels in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.
caller-privacy [privacy-setting]
no caller-privacy
Syntax Description
Command Default The privacy_setting value is set to never.
Command Modes CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the entry to always hide caller identity in the new admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-privacy alwayshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit
privacy_setting Indicates specific caller privacy setting. Possible values include:
• never: Never hides the identity.
• account-boundary: Hides the identity if caller is on a different account from callee.
• always: Always hides the identity.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-78Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-privacy
Related Commands Command Description
cac-table Configures an admission control table.
39-79Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-sig-qos-profile
caller-sig-qos-profileTo configure the QoS profile to use for signaling packets sent to the original caller, use the caller-sig-qos-profile command in the CAC table entry configuration mode. To deconfigure the QoS profile, use the no form of this command.
caller-sig-qos-profile profile-name
no caller-sig-qos-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines This command can only be executed at the per-call scope. CAC policy will not activate if this command is configured at any other scope.
Packet marking will not be applied until the CAC decision process is run. This means that some initial signaling packets sent to the caller (for example, the SIP 100 provisional response) will not receive any particular DSCP marking.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures calls from the acme account to use the voice QoS profile enterprise for signaling packets sent from the SBC to the original caller:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope callhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type src-accounthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value acmehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-sig-qos-profile enterprisehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit
profile-name Specifies the name of the QoS profile. The string “default” is reserved.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-80Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-sig-qos-profile
Related Commands Command Description
caller-video-cos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for video media packets sent to the original caller.
caller-voice-cos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for voice media packets sent to the original caller.
39-81Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-video-qos-profile
caller-video-qos-profileTo configure the QoS profile to use for media packets sent to the original caller, use the caller-video-qos-profile command in CAC table configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.
caller-video-qos-profile profile-name
no caller-video-qos-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Note The caller-video-qos-profile command can be executed only at the per-call scope. CAC policy does not activate if this command is configured at any other scope.
Examples The following example shows how to configure calls from the acme account to use the video QoS profile enterprise for packets sent from the SBC to the original caller:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope callhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type src-accounthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value acmehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-video-qos-profile enterprisehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit
profile-name Specifies the Qos profile.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-82Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-video-qos-profile
Related Commands Command Description
caller-sig-cos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for signaling packets sent to the original caller.
caller-voice-cos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for voice media packets sent to the original caller.
39-83Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-voice-qos-profile
caller-voice-qos-profileTo configure the QoS profile to use for media packets sent to the original caller, use the caller-voice-qos-profile command in CAC table configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.
caller-voice-qos-profile profile-name
no caller-voice-qos-profile
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Note This command can be executed only at the per-call scope. CAC policy does not activate if this command is configured at any other scope.
Examples The following example shows how to configure calls from the acme account to use the voice QoS profile enterprise for packets sent from the SBC to the original caller:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope callhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type src-accounthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value acmehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-voice-qos-profile enterprisehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit
profile-name Specifies the QoS profile.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-84Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-voice-qos-profile
Related Commands Command Description
caller-sig-cos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for signaling packets sent to the original caller.
caller-video-cos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for video media packets sent to the original caller.
39-85Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands call-policy-set
call-policy-setTo create a new policy set, use the call-policy-set command in SBE configuration mode. To delete the policy set, use the no form of this command.
call-policy-set policy-set-id
no call-policy-set policy-set-id
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to create an empty policy set, identified by number 1, on mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)#
Related Commands
policy-set-id Specifies the integer that identifies the policy set.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
first-call-routing-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the routing stage of policy for new-call events.
first-number-analysis-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the routing stage of policy for subscriber-registration events.
39-86Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands category
category To configure the entry category in the number analysis table with entries of the table matching a part of or the whole dialed number, use the category command in the NA routing table configuration mode. To deconfigure the category of an entry, use the no form of this command.
category category-name
no category category-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes NA routing table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the category of entry 1 in the new number analysis table MyNaTable matching the whole number:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-number-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)# category externalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)#
Related Commands
category-name Specifies a category to assign to the event.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
na-dst-number-table Enters the submode of configuration of a number analysis table within the context of an SBE policy set.
39-87Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc
clear services sbcTo clear the DBE or SBE configurations, use the clear services sbc command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name {dbe | sbe}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to clear the DBE configuration.
host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc dbe
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
dbe Clears DBE configuration.
sbe Clears SBE configuration.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBC and enters into the SBC-DBE configuration mode.
sbe Creates the SBE service on an SBC and enters into the SBC-SBE configuration mode.
39-88Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe blacklist
clear services sbc sbe blacklist To clear the blacklist for the specified Session Border Controller (SBC) service, use the clear services sbc sbe blacklist command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name sbe blacklist [vrfname] [ipv4 addr [{udp | tcp} A.B.C.D]]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example clears all the blacklists for the TCP port 1 for VRF test for the ipv4 address of 2.2.2.2:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc aa sbe blacklist test ipv4 2.2.2.2 tcp 1
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
vrfname VRF for which to clear blacklisted entries.
ipv4 address IPv4 address.
tcp Clears blacklisting for TCP protocol only.
udp Clears blacklisting for UDP protocol only.
A.B.C.D IPv4 subnet mask.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
blacklist Enters the mode for configuring the event limits of a given source.
39-89Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc blacklist all
clear services sbc blacklist allTo clear all the currently blacklisted entries for the specified Session Border Controller (SBC) service, use the clear services sbc sbe blacklist all command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name sbe blacklist all
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example clears all the blacklist entries for the SBC test:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc test sbe blacklist all Command Acceptedhost1/Admin#
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
blacklist Enters the mode for configuring the event limits of a given source.
39-90Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe blacklist all
clear services sbc sbe blacklist allTo clear all the currently blacklisted entries of a given VPN, use the clear services sbc sbe blacklist all command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name sbe blacklist [vrfname] [ipv4 addr [{udp | tcp} port]]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example clears all the blacklists for the TCP port 1 for VRF test for the ipv4 address of 2.2.2.2:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc aa sbe blacklist test ipv4 2.2.2.2 tcp 1
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
vrfname Specifies the VRF for which to clear blacklisted entries.
ipv4 address Specifies the IPv4 address.
tcp Clear blacklisting for TCP protocol only.
udp Clear blacklisting for UDP protocol only.
port Port number to clear blacklisting for. Range is 0-65535.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
blacklist Enters the mode for configuring the event limits of a given source.
39-91Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4
clear services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4 To clear all the currently blacklisted entries of a given subset, use the clear services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4 command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name sbe blacklist [vrfname] [ipv4 addr [{udp | tcp} port]]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example clears all the blacklists for the TCP port 1 for VRF test for the IPv4 address of 2.2.2.2:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc aa sbe blacklist test ipv4 2.2.2.2 tcp 1
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
vrfname Specifies the VRF for which to clear blacklisted entries.
ipv4 address Specifies the IPv4 address.
tcp Clear blacklisting for TCP protocol only.
udp Clear blacklisting for UDP protocol only.
port Port number to clear blacklisting for. Range is 0-65535.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
blacklist Enters the mode for configuring the event limits of a given source.
39-92Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc dbe media-stats
clear services sbc dbe media-statsTo clears all the statistics collected by the media gateway manager of the DBE, use the clear services sbc dbe media-stats command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name dbe media-stats
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines This command clears the statistics displayed by the show services sbc dbe media-stats command.
Examples The following example clears all the statistics collected by the media gateway manager of a DBE on an SBC called mySbc:host1/Admin(config)# clear services sbc mySbc dbe media-stats
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc dbe media-stats Lists the statistics of one or more media flows collected on the DBE.
39-93Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe cac-rejection-stats
clear services sbc sbe cac-rejection-statsTo clear all the call admission control policy rejection statistics, use the clear services cac-rejection-stats command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name sbe cac-rejection-stats
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example clears all the call admission control policy rejection statistics for the SBE mysbc:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe cac-rejection-stats
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-stats Lists the statistics for all the calls on the specified SBE.
39-94Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe call
clear services sbc sbe callTo clear the currently active call, use the clear services sbc sbe call command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name sbe call no
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example clears all the call rate statistics for the SBE mysbc:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe call
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
no Specifies the call number.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-rate-stats Lists all of the current rate of attempted call setups per second over a short period of time.
39-95Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe call-rate-stats
clear services sbc sbe call-rate-statsTo clear all the call rate statistics, use the clear services call-rate-stats command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name sbe call-rate-stats
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example clears all the call rate statistics for the SBE mysbc:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe call-rate-stats
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-rate-stats Lists all of the current rate of attempted call setups per second over a short period of time.
39-96Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe call-rejection-stats
clear services sbc sbe call-rejection-statsTo clear all the call admission control policy rejection statistics, use the clear services call-rejection-stats command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name sbe call-rejection-stats
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example clears all the call admission control policy rejection statisticss for the SBE mysbc:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe call-rejection-stats
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-stats Lists the statistics for all the calls on the specified SBE.
39-97Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe call-stats
clear services sbc sbe call-statsTo clear all the call statistics by the SBE, use the clear services sbc sbe call-stats command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name sbe call-stats
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example clears all the call statistics for the SBE mysbc:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc mysbc sbe call-stats
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-stats Lists the statistics for all the calls on the specified SBE.
39-98Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats
clear services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats To clear all of the call setup failure statistics for a specified source adjacency, use the clear services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name sbe policy-failure-stats {src-adjacency | src-account | dst-adjacency | dst-sccount} name [cr]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to clear all of the policy failure statistics for an adjacency named YY:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc mysbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency YY
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
src-adjacency Clears statistic for a source adjacency.
src-account Clears statistic for a source account.
dst-adjacency Clears statistic for a destination adjacency.
dst-account Clears statistic for a destination account.
name Adjacency name or the account name.
cr Clears all statistics.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats Lists the statistics for all the policy failures on a specific SBE.
39-99Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe policy-rejection-stats
clear services sbc sbe policy-rejection-statsTo clear all the policy rejection statistics by the SBE, use the clear services sbc sbe policy-rejection-stats command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name sbe policy-rejection-stats
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines This clears all recorded policy rejection stats including the current and previous intervals.
Examples The following example clears all the policy rejection statistics by the SBE.
host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe policy-rejection-stats
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats Lists the statistics for all the policy failures on a specific SBE.
39-100Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe radius-client
clear services sbc sbe radius-client To clear all the statistics for the specified RADIUS server, use the clear services sbc sbe radius-client command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name sbe radius-client {accounting word | authentication} radius-server-stats word}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example clears all the authentication statistics for the RADIUS server svr:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe radius-client authentication radius-server-stats
svr
The following example clears all the accounting client statistics for the local RADIUS client, acc for the RADIUS server svr:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe radius-client accounting acc radius-server-stats svr
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
accounting Clears accounting client statistics.
authentication Clears authentication client statistics.
radius-server-stats Identifies the RADIUS server name.
word For accounting, the RADIUS client name. The maximum size is 80 characters.
For radius-server-stats, the RADIUS server name. The maximum size is 80 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe radius-client-stats Lists the RADIUS accounting client statistics for all accounting clients.
39-101Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe radius-client-stats
clear services sbc sbe radius-client-statsTo clear all the statistics for the local RADIUS clients, use the clear services sbc sbe radius-client-stats command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name sbe radius-client-stats {accounting word | authentication}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example clears all the authentication statistics:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe radius-client-stats authentication
The following example clears all the accounting statistics for the local RADIUS client, radius1:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe radius-client-stats accounting radius1
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
word The RADIUS client name. The maximum size is 80 characters.
accounting Clears accounting client statistics.
authentication Clears authentication client statistics.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe radius-client-stats Lists the RADIUS accounting client statistics for all accounting clients.
39-102Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe statistics
clear services sbc sbe statisticsTo clear the summary statistics and the detailed response code statistics, use the clear services sbc sbe statistics command in EXEC mode.
clear services sbc sbc-name sbe adj-name statistics
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to clear all summary statistics and the detailed response code statistics:
host1/Admin# clear services sbc tet sbe ttt statistics
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
adj-name RADIUS client name. The maximum size is 80 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-stats Lists the statistics for all the calls on the specified SBE.
39-103Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codec
codecTo add a codec to a codec list, use the codec command in the Codec list mode. To remove a named codec from a codec list, use the no form of this command.
codec codec-name
no codec codec-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Codec list (sbe-codec-list)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to assign the PCMU codec to the my_codecs codec list:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# codec-list my_codecshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-codec-list)# codec PCMU
codec-name Specifies the name of a codec. This value must be one of the list of codecs that the SBE is hard-coded to recognize. Otherwise, when you execute this command, the SBE displays an error.
The format of the codec name is the same as the string used to represent it in Session Description Protocol (SDP). For example, PCMU or VDVI. A codec can only be added to each list one time.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-104Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codec-list
codec-listTo create a codec list, use the codec-list command in the SBE configuration mode. To delete a codec list, use the no form of this command.
codec-list list-name
no codec-list list-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to enter a submode to create a codec list using the name my_codecs:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# codec-list my_codecs
list-name Specifies the name of the codec list.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-105Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codec-list description
codec-list descriptionTo provide a description of a codec list, use the codec-list description command in codec list mode. To delete the description for the codec list, use the no form of this command.
codec-list description text
no description
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Codec list (sbe-codec-list)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to provide the my_codecs codec list with a description (Legitimate codecs):
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# codec-list my_codecshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-codec-list)# codec-list description Legitimate codecs
text An arbitrary text string that describes the codec list.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-106Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codec packetization-period
codec packetization-periodTo set a minimum packetization period for a codec, use the codec packetization-period command in the codec list mode. To remove a packetization-period from a codec, use the no form of this command.
codec codec-name packetization-period packet-period
no codec codec-name packetization-period packet-period
Syntax Description
Note For each minimum packetization period, only one codec is allowed to be added to each list, one time only.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Codec list (sbe-codec-list)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set a minimum packetization period for the PCMU and G729 codecs that are in the my_codecs codec list:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# codec-list my_codecs
codec-name Specifies the name of a codec. This value must be one from the list of codecs that the SBE is hard-coded to recognize. Otherwise, when you execute this command, the SBE displays an error.
The format of the codec name is the same as the string used to represent it in SDP (for example, PCMU or VDVI).
packet-period The codec can optionally be followed by a minimum acceptable packetization period in milliseconds as indicated by packetization-period.
For example, codec PCMU packetization-period 20 adds the codec PCMU to the list with a minimum acceptable packetization period of 20 ms. The range of packetization period is 0 to 1000.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-107Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codec packetization-period
host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-codec-list)# codec PCMU packetization-period 20host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-codec-list)# codec G729 packetization-period 10
39-108Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codec-restrict-to-list
codec-restrict-to-list To configure the CAC to restrict the codecs used in signaling a call to the set of codecs given in the named list, use the codec-restrict-to-list command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To impose no restrictions on the codecs that can be used with the CAC entry, use the no form of this command.
codec-restrict-to-list list-name
no codec-restrict-to-list list-name
Syntax Description
Command Default Not setting this command, or issuing the no form of the command, means that the CAC entry does not impose any restriction on the codecs that can be used (but also it does not lift any restrictions set by entries encountered earlier).
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines For each codec on this list, CAC restricts the packetization period for any stream using that codec to be greater than or equal to the packetization period configured along with that codec in the list. If a stream uses more than one codec in the list, then the greater of all the packetization periods configured for each codec in the list is applied to the stream.
If the codec list is empty, then all codecs recognized by the SBE will be allowed.
To clear all restrictions set by an earlier CAC entry, you must configure a codec-restrict-to-list list-name, where list-name is the name of a list containing no codecs.
You are not allowed to use this command if the table is part of the active policy set. You can only configure the codec-restrict-to-list command at per-call scope. If it is configured at any other scope, then an error will be flagged when you type "complete" in the CAC policy set configuration.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures the entry to restrict codecs to those named on the list my_codecs:.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table Mycactable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type adjacency host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1
list-name Specifies the name of the codec list.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-109Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codec-restrict-to-list
host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# codec-restrict-to-list my_codecs host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# action cac-complete host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exit host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exit host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit
39-110Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codecs
codecsTo configure the codecs supported by the media gateway, use the codecs command in media gateway configuration mode. To set the codec support to nothing, use the no form of this command.
codecs codec-list
no codecs
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Media gateway configuration (config-sbc-sbe-mg)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set media gateway 10.0.0.1’s supported codecs to m=audio 6000 RTP/AVP 4 and a=rtpmap:0 PCMU/8000 (as defined in RFC 1890):
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# media-gateway ipv4 10.0.0.1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-mg)# odecs m=audio 1234 RTP/AVP 0 18,a=rtpmap:=rtpmap:18 G729/80000 PCMU/8000,a=rtpmap:18 G729/8000
Related Commands
codec-list Specifies the supported codecs.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
codec Adds a codec to a codec list.
codec-list codec packetization-period Specifies a packetization period for a codec.
codec-list description Provides a description of a codec list.
show services sbc sbe codec-list Displays information about codec lists.
39-111Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands complete
completeTo complete the CAC-policy or call-policy set after committing the full set, use the complete command in the appropriate configuration mode. To change entries, use the no form of this command.
complete
no complete
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC-policy-set configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)
Routing policy table (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
The SBC checks that the routing-policy is self-consistent and can be set as the active policy set. When this command is issued, you cannot alter the CAC-policy-set.
Examples The following example shows how to complete a cac-policy set, identified by number 1, on mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# completehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# exit
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
cac-policy-set Enters the submode of CAC policy set configuration.
39-112Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands concurrent-requests
concurrent-requestsTo set the maximum number of concurrent requests to the RADIUS server, use the concurrent-request command in the appropriate configuration mode. To set the default, use the no form of this command.
concurrent-requests 0-4294967295
no concurrent-requests 0-4294967295
Syntax Description
Command Default Default is 25.
Command Modes Server accounting (config-sbc-sbe-acc)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set the maximum number of concurrent requests to the RADIUS server.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc uut105-1host1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting SBC1-account-1host1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# concurrent-requests 34
Related Commands
0-4294967295 Maximum number of concurrent requests to the RADIUS server.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
retry-interval Sets the retry interval to connect to the RADIUS server.
retry-limit Sets the retry interval to the RADIUS server.
activate Activates the RADIUS client.
39-113Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands condition
condition To specify a condition to match before taking an action to a SIP message profile, use the condition command in SIP header configuration mode. To remove the condition from the profile, use the no form of this command.
condition [and | header-name | header-value | or | status-code]
no condition [and | header-name | header-value | or | status-code]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SIP header configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele-act)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the header command adds the header “test” to the header profile MyProfile:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile MyProfilehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)# header testhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele)# action drop-msg host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele-act)# condition
Related Commands
and Logical AND to add another condition to an existing condition.
header-name Compares the content of a different header name.
header-value Compares the content of this header.
or Logical OR to add another condition to an existing condition.
status-code Specifies a SIP response code.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
action drop-msg Adds an action of dropping the message to a SIP message profile.
39-114Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands congestion-cleared
congestion-cleared To configure that the congestion has cleared when the level of system resources reaches the congestion cleared threshold, use the congestion-cleared command inVDBE configuration mode. To disable this configuration, use the no form of this command.
congestion-cleared [percentage]
no congestion-cleared [percentage]
Syntax Description
Command Default The system default percentage is 60 percent if you do not configure the congestion-cleared command or if you configure no congestion-cleared.
Command Modes VDBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines When the DBE has previously signaled a congestion event to the SBE, the DBE will signal that the congestion has cleared when the level of system resources used reaches the congestion cleared threshold. Congestion cleared must be less than or equal to the threshold, however, equal to the threshold is not recommended because it may cause excessive messaging between the MG and media gateway controller (MGC).
Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into SBC-DBE configuration and VDBE configuration modes, and configures the DBE to signal to the SBE that congestion has cleared at 90% percent of system resources consumed:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# congestion-cleared 90
Related Commands
percentage (Optional) This is the percentage value of system resources to signal congestion to the SBE. The range is 1–100.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
congestion-threshold Configures the DBE to signal a congestion event to the SBE when a maximum percentage has been reached.
39-115Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands congestion-threshold
congestion-threshold To configure the DBE to signal a congestion event to the SBE when a maximum percentage has been reached, use the congestion-threshold command in VDBE configuration mode. To disable this configuration, use the no form of this command.
congestion-threshold [percentage]
no congestion-threshold [percentage]
Syntax Description
Command Default The system default percentage is 80% if you do not configure the congestion-threshold, or if you issue the default congestion-threshold command, or if you configure no congestion-threshold.
Command Modes VDBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines When the DBE reaches the maximum configured congestion-threshold percentage for either number of calls or media bandwidth, it sends a congestion message to the SBE.
Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into SBC-DBE configuration and VDBE configuration modes, and shows how to configure the DBE to signal a congestion event to the SBE when 95% percent of capacity is reached.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# congestion-threshold 95
Related Commands
percentage (Optional) This is the percentage value of system resources to signal congestion to the SBE. The range is –100.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
congestion-cleared Configures that the congestion has cleared when the level of system resources reaches the congestion cleared threshold.
39-116Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands control address aaa
control address aaaTo configure an SBE to use a given IPv4 AAA control address when contacting an authentication or billing server, use the control address aaa ipv4 command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the IPv4 AAA control address, use the no form of this command.
control address aaa ipv4 ip_address [vrf vrf-name]
no control address aaa ipv4 ip_address
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the SBE to use address 10.1.0.1 as its AAA control address:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# control address aaa ipv4 10.1.0.1 vrf myvrf
Related Commands
ipv4 ip_address Specifies the IPv4 AAA control address.
vrf vrf-name (Optional) Specifies the VRF name.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
control address h248 index
Configures IPv4 H.248 control addresses.
39-117Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands control address h248 index
control address h248 indexTo configure an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 control address, port, or transport for H.248 communications when acting as a media gateway controller, use the control address h248 index command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the given IPv4 H.248 control address when acting as a media gateway controller, use the no form of this command.
control address h248 index index-number
no control address h248 index index-number
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or value
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The “Examples” section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the SBE to use address 10.1.0.1 as its H.248 control address:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# control address h248 index 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)# ipv4 10.1.0.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)# exit
Related Commands
index-number Specifies the unique identifier of the H.248 control address to set.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
ipv4 (SBE H.248) Configures an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 control address.
port (SBE H.248) Configures an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 port.
transport (SBE H.248) Configures an SBE to use a certain transport for H.248 communications.
39-118Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands control-address h248 ipv4
control-address h248 ipv4 To configure a DBE to use a specific IPv4 H.248 control address, use the control-address h248 ipv4 command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure a DBE from using an IPv4 H.248 control address, use the no form of this command.
control-address h248 ipv4 {A.B.C.D}
no control-address h248 ipv4 {A.B.C.D}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes VDBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Neither the control-address nor the local-port can be changed when the controller exists. The controller must be deleted to change these parameters. To delete the controller, use the no control-address h248 ipv4 command.
Examples The following command configures the DBE to use address 10.0.0.1 as its control address.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# control address h248 ipv4 10.0.0.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-vdbe)# controller h248 1
Related Commands
A.B.C.D This is the IP address for the IPv4 H.248 control address of the DBE, which is the local IP address used to connect to the SBE.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
attach-controllers Configures a DBE to attach to an H.248 controller.
39-119Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands control address h248 port
control address h248 port To configure an SBE to use a given port for H.248 communications when acting as a media gateway controller, use the control-address h248 port command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure a h248 controller, use the no form of this command.
control address h248 port port-number
no control address h248 port port-number
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To change or remove this configuration, deconfigure the h248 controller by issuing the no control address h248 command, then configure a new h248 control address.
If the port is not configured, or is configured with the value zero, then the H.248 default port number, 2944, is used.
Examples The following command configures the SBE to use port 123 as its H.248 port:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# control address h248 port 123host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# exit
Related Commands
port-number Port number assigned.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
control-address h248 transport Configures an SBE to use a given transport for H.248 communications.
39-120Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands control address h248 transport
control address h248 transport To configure an SBE to use a given transport for H.248 communications when acting as a media gateway controller, use the control-address h248 transport command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure a h248 controller, use the no form of this command.
control address h248 transport [udp | tcp]
no control address h248 transport [udp | tcp]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To change or remove this configuration, deconfigure the h248 controller by issuing the no control address h248 command, then configure a new h248 control address.
Examples The following command configures the SBE to use TCP as its H.248 transport:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# control address h248 transport tcphost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# exit
Related Commands
udp Selects UDP as the underlying transport.
tcp Selects TCP as the underlying transport.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
control-address h248 port Configures an SBE to use a given port for H.248 communications.
39-121Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands controller h248
controller h248 To configure the H.248 controller for a DBE or enter into controller H.248 configuration mode, use the controller h248 command in VDBE configuration mode. To delete the H.248 controller, use the no form of this command.
controller h248 controller-index
no controller h248 controller-index
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes VDBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Once a controller is configured and attached, it must be detached with the no attach-controllers command before you can modify any controller information.
Note This command is invalid for the unified model, where both the SBE and DBE logical entities co-exist on the same network element. Release 2.0.00 does not support the unified model.
Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into SBC-DBE configuration and VDBE configuration modes, and configures an H.248 controller with index 1.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# controller h248 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)#
Related Commands
controller-index This is the number that identifies the H.248 controller for the DBE, in case you want to configure more than one controller.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBCSBCand enters into the DBE-SBE configuration mode.
vdbe Configures a virtual data border element (VDBE) and enters the VDBE configuration mode.
39-122Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands copy logs
copy logs To to transfer debug and system logs off of the ACE for analysis, use the copy logs uri command in EXEC mode.
copy logs uri
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines You can specify the filename but it must end in .tar.
Examples The following example copies the log files to the ku040708.tar file:
host1/Admin# copy logs image:/ku040708.tar
Copying logs to tar file image:/ku040708.tar...
Related Commands
uri Specifies either image:/filename.tar or disk0:/filename.tar.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
debug services sbc logging Debugs SBC logging information.
39-123Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands cost
cost To assign a cost to this route, use the cost command in the RTG routing table entry configuration mode. To destroy the cost given to the route, use the no form of this command.
cost cost
no cost cost
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is “na.”
Command Modes RTG routing table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to create an entry in the new admission control table, MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-least-cost-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# costhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-entry)# exit
Related Commands
cost Assigns a cost to the route.
• Range: [1-0xFFFFFFFF]
• The value of "0" is not accepted. Instead the user must input "na" to mean this entry will never be matched.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
rtg-least-cost-table Configures the least-cost routing table.
39-124Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands dbe
dbeTo create the DBE service on an SBC and enter into the SBC-DBE configuration mode, use the dbe command in SBC configuration mode. To remove the DBE entity, use the no form of this command.
dbe
no dbe
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBC configuration (config-sbc)
Command History
Examples The following command creates a DBE and enters the SBC-DBE configuration mode.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)#
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sbe Creates the SBC interface.
39-125Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands dbe-location-id
dbe-location-idTo configure an adjacency to use a given media gateway DBE location when routing media, use the dbe-location-id command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.
dbe-location-id dbe-location-id
no dbe-location-id
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to use DBE location ID 1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# dbe-location-id 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# exit
Related Commands
dbe-location-id Specifies the DBE location ID of the DBE. A value of 0 denotes that the adjacency is within the local network.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC.
39-126Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands deact-mode abort
deact-mode abortTo specify that the DBE of an SBC drop all calls without any signaling, use the deact-mode abort command inSBC-DBE configuration mode. To revert deactivation behavior to the default of normal behavior, use the no form of this command.
deact-mode abort
no deact-mode abort
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default If the deact-mode is not configured, or the default deact-mode command or no deact-mode commands are used, the state of the DBE service becomes normal.
Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Use the no activate command to deactivate the DBE service.
Use the dbe command to enter into SBC-DBE configuration mode first.
Examples The following example enters into SBC-DBE configuration mode, and sets the DBE to deactivate in abort mode to prepare the device for hardware maintenance.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# deact-mode aborthost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBCand enters into the DBE-SBE configuration mode.
activate Initiates the DBE service of the session border controller (SBC).
39-127Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands deact-mode (billing)
deact-mode (billing)To configure the deactivate mode for the billing method, use the deact-mode command in the packetcable-em configuration mode. To disable the deactivate mode, use the no form of this command.
deact-mode {normal | abort | quiesce}
no deact-mode
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is normal.
Command Modes Packet-cable em configuration (config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how configure a normal deactivate mode for the billing method:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing (config-sbc-sbe-billing)# packetcable-em 4 transport radius test(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# batch-size 256(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# batch-time 22(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# attach(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# activate(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# deact-mode normal
Related Commands
normal Specifies that CDRs are sent.
abort Specifies that CDRs are dropped.
quiesce Specifies that CDRs are allowed to be sent.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
activate (radius) Activates the billing functionality after configuration is committed.
attach Activates the billing for a RADIUS client.
batch-size Configures the batching or grouping of RADIUS messages sent to a RADIUS server.
39-128Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands deact-mode (billing)
batch-time Configures the maximum number of milliseconds for which any record is held in the batch before the batch is sent.
deact-mode Configures the deactivate mode for the billing method.
ldr-check Configures the time of day (local time) to run the Long Duration Check (LDR).
local-address ipv4 Configures the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR.
local-address ipv4 (packet-cable)
Configures the local address of the packet-cable billing instance.
method packetcable-em
Enables the packet-cable billing method.
packetcable-em transport radius
Configures a packet-cable billing instance.
show services sbc sbe billing remote
Displays the local and billing configurations.
Command Description
39-129Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands deact-mode normal
deact-mode normalTo specify that the DBE of anSBC signals a service change and terminates all calls upon deactivation of the DBE service, use the deact-mode normal command inSBC-DBE configuration mode. To revert deactivation behavior to the default of normal behavior, use the no form of this command.
deact-mode normal
no deact-mode normal
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default If the deact-mode is not configured, or the default deact-mode command or no deact-mode commands are used, the state of the DBE service becomes normal.
Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Use the no activate command to deactivate the DBE service.
Use the dbe command to enter into SBC-DBE configuration mode first.
Examples The following example enters into SBC-DBE configuration mode, and sets the DBE to deactivate in normal mode to prepare the device for hardware maintenance.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# deact-mode normalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBC and enters into the DBE-SBE configuration mode.
activate Initiates the DBE service of the session border controller (SBC).
39-130Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands deact-mode quiesce
deact-mode quiesceTo specify that the DBE of an SBC accepts no new calls and deactivates after all existing calls terminate, use the deact-mode quiesce command inSBC-DBE configuration mode. To revert deactivation behavior to the default of normal behavior, use the no form of this command.
deact-mode quiesce
no deact-mode quiesce
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default If the deact-mode is not configured, or the default deact-mode command or no deact-mode commands are used, the state of the DBE service becomes normal.
Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Use the no activate command to deactivate the DBE service. The deact-mode command tells the DBE how to behave or what action to take after the DBE is deactivated.
Use the dbe command to enter into SBC-DBE configuration mode first.
Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into SBC-DBE configuration mode, and sets the DBE to deactivate in quiesce mode to prepare the device for hardware maintenance.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# dbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# deact-mode quiescehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBC and enters into the DBE-SBE configuration mode.
activate Initiates the DBE service of the session border controller (SBC).
39-131Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands deact-mode (dbe, sbe)
deact-mode (dbe, sbe)To specify the action to take upon DBE or SBE deactivation, use the deact-mode command in the appropriate configuration mode. To revert to the default value, use the no form of this command.
deact-mode deact-type
no deact-mode
Syntax Description
Command Default By default, this command assumes the normal parameter.
Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set the DBE to deactivate in quiesce mode to prepare the device for hardware maintenance:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# deact-mode quiesce
deact-type Specifies the action to take upon DBE deactivation:
• abort: All calls dropped with no signaling.
• normal: Service change signaled to SBE, and all calls immediately terminated.
• quiesce: No new calls accepted. Deactivation occurs only after existing calls have terminated naturally.
Specifies the action to take upon SBE deactivation:
• abort: All calls dropped with no signaling.
• normal: Existing calls are torn down gracefully.
• quiesce: No new calls accepted. Existing calls are allowed to terminate.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-132Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands deact-mode (dbe, sbe)
Related Commands Command Description
dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBC and enters into the DBE-SBE configuration mode.
activate Initiates the DBE service of the session border controller (SBC).
39-133Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc errors
debug services sbc errorsTo debug SBC service errors, use the debug services sbc errors command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.
debug services sbc errors
no debug services sbc errors
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Use the show debug command to see debug information.
Examples The following command turns on sbc error debugging:
host1/Admin# debug services sbc errorshost1/Admin# 2007 May 13 04:24:50.902717 sbc: (ctx:0)hmstub_proc_recv_hb_message:test_rcv_hb_failed = 1110000 2007 May 13 04:29:50.960623 sbc: (ctx:0)hmstub_proc_recv_hb_message:test_rcv_hb_failed = 1112000 2007 May 13 04:34:50.960631 sbc: (ctx:0)hmstub_proc_recv_hb_message:test_rcv_hb_failed = 1114000
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
debug services sbc errors Debugs SBC service errors.
debug services sbc events Debugs SBC service events.
debug services sbc ha Debugs SBC high availability (HA) services.
debug services sbc info Debugs SBC services information.
debug services sbc ips Turns on IPS tracing.
debug services sbc logging Debugs SBC logging information.
debug services sbc mem-trace dump Dumps current memory usage statistics to file.
debug services sbc pd filter component Turns on problem determination (PD) filter components.
39-134Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc errors
debug services sbc pd filter context Turns on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters.
debug services sbc pd filter product Turns on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs.
debug services sbc pd log-level Sets the file logging level.
debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.
Command Description
39-135Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc events
debug services sbc eventsTo debug SBC service events, use the debug services sbc events command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.
debug services sbc events
no debug services sbc events
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Use the show debug command to see debug information.
Examples The following command turns on debugging for sbc events:
host1/Admin# debug services sbc events
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
debug services sbc errors Debugs SBC service errors.
debug services sbc events Debugs SBC service events.
debug services sbc ha Debugs SBC high availability (HA) services.
debug services sbc info Debugs SBC services information.
debug services sbc ips Turns on IPS tracing.
debug services sbc logging Debugs SBC logging information.
debug services sbc mem-trace dump Dumps current memory usage statistics to file.
debug services sbc pd filter component Turns on problem determination (PD) filter components.
debug services sbc pd filter context Turns on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters.
debug services sbc pd filter product Turns on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs.
39-136Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc events
debug services sbc pd log-level Sets the file logging level.
debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.
Command Description
39-137Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc ha
debug services sbc haTo debug SBC high availability (HA) services, use the debug services sbc ha command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.
debug services sbc ha
no debug services sbc ha
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Use the show debug command to see debug information.
Examples The following command turns on debugging for sbc high availability:
host1/Admin# debug services sbc hahost1/Admin# host1/Admin# 2007 May 13 06:04:51.504671 sbc: (ctx:0)hmstub_send_hb: test_send_hb OK 1150000
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
debug services sbc errors Debugs SBC service errors.
debug services sbc events Debugs SBC service events.
debug services sbc ha Debugs SBC high availability (HA) services.
debug services sbc info Debugs SBC services information.
debug services sbc ips Turns on IPS tracing.
debug services sbc logging Debugs SBC logging information.
debug services sbc mem-trace dump Dumps current memory usage statistics to file.
debug services sbc pd filter component Turns on problem determination (PD) filter components.
debug services sbc pd filter context Turns on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters.
39-138Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc ha
debug services sbc pd filter product Turns on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs.
debug services sbc pd log-level Sets the file logging level.
debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.
Command Description
39-139Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc info
debug services sbc infoTo debug SBC services information, use the debug services sbc info command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.
debug services sbc info
no debug services sbc info
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Use the show debug command to see debug information.
Examples The following command turns on debugging for sbc information:
host1/Admin# debug services sbc info2007 May 13 06:07:42.071738 sbc: (ctx:0)Received debug msg 2007 May 13 06:07:42.071961 sbc: (ctx:0)Exit mts or debug msg recv
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
debug services sbc errors Debugs SBC service errors.
debug services sbc events Debugs SBC service events.
debug services sbc ha Debugs SBC high availability (HA) services.
debug services sbc info Debugs SBC services information.
debug services sbc ips Turns on IPS tracing.
debug services sbc logging Debugs SBC logging information.
debug services sbc mem-trace dump Dumps current memory usage statistics to file.
debug services sbc pd filter component Turns on problem determination (PD) filter components.
debug services sbc pd filter context Turns on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters.
39-140Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc info
debug services sbc pd filter product Turns on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs.
debug services sbc pd log-level Sets the file logging level.
debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.
Command Description
39-141Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc ips
debug services sbc ipsTo turn on IPS tracing (giving details of inter-component signals flowing between the internal components of the Session Border Controller (SBC) process), use the debug services sbc ips command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.
debug services sbc sbc-name ips {file | in-memory}
no debug services sbc sbc-name ips {file | in-memory}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines This command provides details of intercomponent signals flowing between the internal components of the SBC process. Events should be logged on an IPS trace file for further debugging.
Use the show debug command to see debug information.
Examples The following command turns on IPS tracing:
host1/Admin# debug services sbc mySbc ips
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
file Configures file IPS tracing.
in-memory Configures in-memory IPS tracing.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.0 The file and in-memory keywords were added.
Command Description
debug services sbc errors Debugs SBC service errors.
debug services sbc events Debugs SBC service events.
debug services sbc ha Debugs SBC high availability (HA) services.
debug services sbc info Debugs SBC services information.
debug services sbc ips Turns on IPS tracing.
debug services sbc logging Debugs SBC logging information.
debug services sbc mem-trace dump Dumps current memory usage statistics to file.
39-142Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc ips
debug services sbc pd filter component Turns on problem determination (PD) filter components.
debug services sbc pd filter context Turns on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters.
debug services sbc pd filter product Turns on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs.
debug services sbc pd log-level Sets the file logging level.
debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.
Command Description
39-143Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc logging
debug services sbc loggingTo debug SBC logging information, use the debug services sbc logging command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.
debug services sbc logging
no debug services sbc logging
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Use the show debug command to see debug information.
Examples The following command turns on debugging for sbc information:
host1/Admin# debug services sbc logging
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
debug services sbc errors Debugs SBC service errors.
debug services sbc events Debugs SBC service events.
debug services sbc ha Debugs SBC high availability (HA) services.
debug services sbc info Debugs SBC services information.
debug services sbc ips Turns on IPS tracing.
debug services sbc logging Debugs SBC logging information.
debug services sbc mem-trace dump Dumps current memory usage statistics to file.
debug services sbc pd filter component Turns on problem determination (PD) filter components.
debug services sbc pd filter context Turns on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters.
debug services sbc pd filter product Turns on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs.
39-144Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc logging
debug services sbc pd log-level Sets the file logging level.
debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.
Command Description
39-145Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc mem-trace dump
debug services sbc mem-trace dumpTo dump current memory usage statistics to file, use the debug services sbc mem-trace dump command in EXEC mode. To disable printing to the terminal, use the no form of this command.
debug services sbc sbc-name mem-trace dump
no debug services sbc sbc-name mem-trace dump
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Use the show debug command to see debug information.
Examples The following example dumps current memory usage statistics to flle:
host1/Admin# debug services sbc mysbc mem-trace dump.
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.0 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
debug services sbc errors Debugs SBC service errors.
debug services sbc events Debugs SBC service events.
debug services sbc ha Debugs SBC high availability (HA) services.
debug services sbc info Debugs SBC services information.
debug services sbc ips Turns on IPS tracing.
debug services sbc logging Debugs SBC logging information.
debug services sbc mem-trace dump Dumps current memory usage statistics to file.
debug services sbc pd filter component Turns on problem determination (PD) filter components.
debug services sbc pd filter context Turns on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters.
debug services sbc pd filter product Turns on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs.
39-146Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc mem-trace dump
debug services sbc pd log-level Sets the file logging level.
debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.
Command Description
39-147Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc off
debug services sbc offTo turn off all sbc filters and set the log-level back to default (63), use the debug services sbc off command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.
debug services sbc sbc-name off
no debug services sbc sbc-name off
Syntax Description
Command Default Log-levels are set to 63.
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Use the show debug command to see debug information.
Examples The following command turns on debugging for sbc information:
host1/Admin# debug services sbc test-sbc offhost1/Admin# 2008 May 20 14:55:51.410879 sbc: (ctx:0)This option will disable all SBC debugs 2008 May 20 14:55:51.410978 sbc: (ctx:0) SBC: Log filter removed. 2008 May 20 14:55:51.411014 sbc: (ctx:0) SBC: Log filter removed.
The following command shows debugging information:host1/Admin# show debugSBC Daemon: SBC inter-process logging is off SBC log filter 0:
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
debug services sbc pd filter product Turns on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs.
debug services sbc pd log-level Sets the file logging level.
debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.
39-148Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd filter component
debug services sbc pd filter componentTo turn on problem determination (PD) filter components, use the debug services sbc pd command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.
debug services sbc sbc-name pd filter component [bm | cac | control | h323 | hm | icc | mgm | radius | routing | sip]
no debug services sbc sbc-namee pd filter component [bm | cac | control | h323 | hm | icc | mgm | radius | routing | sip]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines This command provides details of intercomponent signals flowing between the internal components of the SBC process. Events should be logged on IPS trace file for further debugging.
Use the show debug command to see debug information.
Examples The following command turns on IPS tracing:
host1/Admin# debug services sbc mySbc ips
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
bm Logs from the bm components.
cac Logs from the cac components.
control Logs from the H.248 controller components.
h323 Logs from the H.323 components.
hm Logs from the bm components.
icc Logs from the icc components.
mgm Logs from the mgm components.
radius Logs from the radius components.
routing Logs from the routing components.
sip Logs from the sip components.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.0 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-149Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd filter component
Related Commands Command Description
debug services sbc errors Debugs SBC service errors.
debug services sbc events Debugs SBC service events.
debug services sbc ha Debugs SBC high availability (HA) services.
debug services sbc info Debugs SBC services information.
debug services sbc ips Turns on IPS tracing.
debug services sbc logging Debugs SBC logging information.
debug services sbc mem-trace dump Dumps current memory usage statistics to file.
debug services sbc pd filter component Turns on problem determination (PD) filter components.
debug services sbc pd filter context Turns on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters.
debug services sbc pd filter product Turns on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs.
debug services sbc pd log-level Sets the file logging level.
debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.
39-150Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd filter context
debug services sbc pd filter contextTo turn on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters, use the debug services sbc pd filter context command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.
debug services sbc sbc-name pd filter context [adjacency name name| billing_id name | ipv4 name | number name]
no debug services sbc sbc-name pd filter context [adjacency name name| billing_id name | ipv4 name | number name]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines This command provides details of intercomponent signals flowing between the internal components of the SBC process. Events should be logged on IPS trace file for further debugging.
Use the show debug command to see debug information.
Examples The following command turns on the adjacency log filter:
host1/Admin# debug services sbc pd filter context adjacency test
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
adjacency Logs from the adjacency filter.
billing_id Logs from the billing_id filter.
ipv4 Logs from the ipv4 filter.
number Logs from the number filter.
name Name for the specific filter context.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.0 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
debug services sbc errors Debugs SBC service errors.
debug services sbc events Debugs SBC service events.
debug services sbc ha Debugs SBC high availability (HA) services.
debug services sbc info Debugs SBC services information.
39-151Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd filter context
debug services sbc ips Turns on IPS tracing.
debug services sbc logging Debugs SBC logging information.
debug services sbc mem-trace dump Dumps current memory usage statistics to file.
debug services sbc pd filter component Turns on problem determination (PD) filter components.
debug services sbc pd filter context Turns on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters.
debug services sbc pd filter product Turns on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs.
debug services sbc pd log-level Sets the file logging level.
debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.
Command Description
39-152Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd filter product
debug services sbc pd filter productTo turn on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs, use the debug services sbc pd filter product command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.
debug services sbc sbc-name pd filter context [billing | call | media | overview | protocol]
no debug services sbc sbc-name pd filter context [adjacency | billing_id | ipv4 | number]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines This command provides details of intercomponent signals flowing between the internal components of the SBC process. Events should be logged on IPS trace file for further debugging.
Use the show debug command to see debug information.
Examples The following command turns on the logs from the protocol product group:
host1/Admin# debug services sbc pd filter product protocol
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
billing Logs from the billing product group.
call Logs from the call product group.
media Logs from the media product group.
overview Logs from the overview product group.
protocol Logs from the protocol product group.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.0 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
debug services sbc errors Debugs SBC service errors.
debug services sbc events Debugs SBC service events.
debug services sbc ha Debugs SBC high availability (HA) services.
debug services sbc info Debugs SBC services information.
debug services sbc ips Turns on IPS tracing.
debug services sbc logging Debugs SBC logging information.
debug services sbc mem-trace dump Dumps current memory usage statistics to file.
39-153Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd filter product
debug services sbc pd filter component Turns on problem determination (PD) filter components.
debug services sbc pd filter context Turns on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters.
debug services sbc pd filter product Turns on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs.
debug services sbc pd log-level Sets the file logging level.
debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.
Command Description
39-154Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd log-level
debug services sbc pd log-level To set the file logging level, use the debug services sbc pd log-level command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.
debug services sbc sbc-name pd log-level {console level | file level | filter level}
no debug services sbc sbc-name pd log-level {console level | file level | filter level}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines This command logs the most serious logs directly to file.
Use the show debug command to see debug information.
Examples The following command sets the log level to send to file to 60:
host1/Admin# debug services sbc mySbc pd log-level file 60
sbc-name Name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.
level Level to set. 0 gives all problem determination (pd) logging and 100 gives none.
The log levels are defined as follows:
90+ Fatal errors
80+ Errors
70+ Unexpected conditions
60+ Operational events
50+ Auditable events
40+ Statistics
30+ Verbose operational events
20+ Verbose statistics
10+ Internal diagnostic logs
The following values are used for specific types of logs.
55 Call logs
63 Configuration errors
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-155Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd log-level
Related Commands Command Description
debug services sbc errors Debugs SBC service errors.
debug services sbc events Debugs SBC service events.
debug services sbc ha Debugs SBC high availability (HA) services.
debug services sbc info Debugs SBC services information.
debug services sbc ips Turns on IPS tracing.
debug services sbc logging Debugs SBC logging information.
debug services sbc mem-trace dump Dumps current memory usage statistics to file.
debug services sbc pd filter component Turns on problem determination (PD) filter components.
debug services sbc pd filter context Turns on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters.
debug services sbc pd filter product Turns on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs.
debug services sbc pd log-level Sets the file logging level.
debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.
39-156Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc rsrcmon
debug services sbc rsrcmonTo debug SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover, use the debug services sbc rsrcmon command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.
debug services sbc rsrcmon
no debug services sbc rsrcmon
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Use the show debug command to see debug information.
Examples The following command turns on debugging for SBC information:
host1/Admin# debug services sbc rsrcmon
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
debug services sbc errors Debugs SBC service errors.
debug services sbc events Debugs SBC service events.
debug services sbc ha Debugs SBC high availability (HA) services.
debug services sbc info Debugs SBC services information.
debug services sbc ips Turns on IPS tracing.
debug services sbc logging Debugs SBC logging information.
debug services sbc mem-trace dump Dumps current memory usage statistics to file.
debug services sbc pd filter component Turns on problem determination (PD) filter components.
debug services sbc pd filter context Turns on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters.
debug services sbc pd filter product Turns on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs.
39-157Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc rsrcmon
debug services sbc pd log-level Sets the file logging level.
debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.
Command Description
39-158Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands default-port-limit
default-port-limitTo enter the mode for configuring the default event limits for the ports of a given address, use the default-port-limit command in the SBE blacklist IPv4 configuration mode. To remove the event limits set, use the no form of this command.
default-port-limit
no default-port-limit
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No event limits are defined for ports.
Command Modes SBE blacklist IPv4 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the blacklist default-port-limit command is used to enter the mode for configuring the default event limits for the ports of the source address 123.123.2.2:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklisthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 123.123.2.2host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# default-port-limithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-port-lmt)#
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
blacklist Enters the mode for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN.
ipv4 (blacklist) Enters the mode for applying blacklisting options to a single IP address.
reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source.
timeout Defines the length of time that packets from the source are blocked, should the limit be exceeded.
39-159Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands default-port-limit
trigger-period Defines the period over which events are considered.
trigger-size Defines the number of the specified events from the specified source that are allowed before the blacklisting is triggered, and blocks all packets from the source.
Command Description
39-160Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands description
descriptionTo configure descriptive text for a policy set, an adjacency, a source and its event limits, or a number analysis table, use the description command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.
description description
no description description
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Routing policy table (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
CAC-policy-set configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)
CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
NA routing table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)
RTG routing table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)
SBE blacklist configuration (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)
SIP header configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)
SIP method-profile configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to use the description test adjacency:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# description test adjacency
description Specifies the object you are describing.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-161Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands description
The following example shows how to set the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to use the description test adjacency:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# description test adjacency
The following example shows how to create a description for number analysis table MyNaTable with entries that match the whole dialed number:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-number-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# description “My first number analysis table”
The following example shows how to create an empty policy set, identified by number 1, on mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# description “empty set”
The following example shows how to set the description of an admission control table, MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# description “My first CAC table”
The following example shows how to create a description for number analysis table MyNaTable with entries that match the start of the dialed number:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-prefix-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# description “My first number analysis table”
The following example shows how to add a description for a specific source IP address:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklisthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 125.12.12.15host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# description “test”
The following example shows how to create an empty policy set, identified by number 1, on mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# description “empty set”
39-162Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands description
Related Commands Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC.
cac-policy-set Enters the submode of CAC policy set configuration.
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
39-163Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands description (sip-opt)
description (sip-opt)To set the description for the profile, use the description command in SIP option mode. Use the no form of this command to remove description from this profile.
description line
no description line
Syntax Description
Command Default The global default is used.
Command Modes SIP option (sip-opt)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command:
Examples The following example shows how to set the description for the profile.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc sanity host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip option-profile optpr1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-opt)# description test
Related Commands
line The description of the profile. The maximum number of characters is 80.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe sip option-profile Show the details for a specified option profile.
39-164Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands dscp
dscpTo configure a DSCP with which to mark IP packets belonging to a given QoS profile, use the dscp command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
dscp value
no dscp
Syntax Description
Command Default The default DSCP value is 0.
Command Modes QoS sig configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)
QoS video configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-video)
QoS voice configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-voice)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the QoS profile for sig to mark IP packets with a DSCP of 10:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos sig residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-fax)# dscp 10
The following example shows how to configure the QoS profile for video to mark IP packets with a DSCP of 10:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos video residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-video)# dscp 10
The following example shows how to configure the QoS profile for voice to mark IP packets with a DSCP of 10:
host1/Admin# configure
value Specifies the DSCP value with which to mark packets. Range is 0 to 63.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-165Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands dscp
host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos voice residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-voice)# dscp 10
Related Commands Command Description
qos sig Configures a signaling QoS profile.
qos video Configures a video QoS profile.
qos voice Configures a voice QoS profile.
39-166Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands dst-adjacency
dst-adjacencyTo configure the destination adjacency of an entry in a routing table, use the dst-adjacency command in RTG routing table entry configuration mode. To delete the destination adjacency, use the no form of this command.
dst-adjacency dst_adj
no dst-adjacency dst_adj
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes RTG routing table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
The target-adjacency argument is mandatory for routing tables entries with match-type round-robin.
You cannot use the dst-adjacency command if the table is part of the active policy set.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the destination adjacency of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable to softswitch1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-dst-address-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# dst-adjacency softswitch1
Related Commands
dst_adj Specifies the destination adjacency name. The maximum size is 80 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
entry Creates or modifies an entry in a table.
39-167Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands dtmf-duration
dtmf-duration To configure the default duration of a dual tone multifrequency (DTMF) event in milliseconds, use the dtmf-duration command in VDBE configuration mode. To reconfigure the default duration of a DTMF event in milliseconds, use the no form of this command.
dtmf-duration duration
no dtmf-duration duration
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is 200 ms if this command is not configured, or the no dtmf-duration command is issued.
Command Modes VDBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Not applicable
Examples The following example configures the duration of a DTMF event to be 250 milliseconds:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# dtmf-duration 250host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# exit
Related Commands
duration This is the default duration of a DTMF event in milliseconds. The range is 0-1000. The default is 200.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
vdbe Enter into VDBE configuration submode.
39-168Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands early-media-deny
early-media-denyTo configure whether to disallow early-media for an entry in an admission control table, use the early-media-deny command in CAC table configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
early-media-deny
no early-media-deny
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default By default, early-media is allowed.
Command Modes CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to disallow early-media for an existing entry in the admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# early-media-denyhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
early-media-timeout Configures the time to allow early media before a call is established.
39-169Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands early-media-timeout
early-media-timeoutTo configure the amount of time for which to allow early-media before a call is established, use the early-media-timeout command in CAC table configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
early-media-timeout value
no early-media-timeout
Syntax Description
Command Default value: 0
Command Modes CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the early-media-timeout for an existing entry in the admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# early-media-timeout 90host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exit
Related Commands
value Specifies the timeout period (in seconds). A value of 0 means that calls are not timed out.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
early-media-deny Configures whether to disallow early-media for an entry in an admission control table.
39-170Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands early-media-type
early-media-typeTo configure the direction of early media to allow for an entry in a call admission control table, use the early-media-type command in CAC table configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
early-media-type {backward-half-duplex | forward-half-duplex | full-duplex}
no early-media-tye
Syntax Description
Command Default The default direction is full-duplex.
Command Modes CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to disallow early media for an existing entry in the admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# early-media-type full-duplexhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit
Related Commands
backward-half-duplex Allows early media in the backwards direction only.
forward-half-duplex Allows early media in the forwards direction only.
full-duplex Allows early media in both directions.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
ealry-media-timeout Configures the time to allow early media before a call is established.
39-171Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands edit
editTo configure a dial-string manipulation action for a number analysis table with entries of the table matching the whole dialed number, use the edit command in NA routing table entry configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
edit [del-prefix pd] | [del-suffix sd] | [add-prefix pa] | [replace ds]
no edit
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes NA routing table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-ent)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure entry 1 to delete one digit from the beginning of the dialed string in the new number analysis table MyNaTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-number-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-ent)# edit del-prefix 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-natable-ent)# exit
del-prefix Specifies digits to delete from the prefix.
pd A positive integer specifying the number of digits to delete from the front of the carrier ID string.
del-suffix Specifies digits to delete from the suffix.
sd A positive integer specifying the number of digits to delete from the end of the carrier ID string.
add-prefix Specifies digits to add to the start of the dialed string.
pa A string of digits to add to the front of the carrier ID string.
replace Replaces the dialed string with the configured digits.
ds A string of digits with which to replace the carrier ID string.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-172Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands edit
host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-natable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit
Related Commands Command Description
match-number Configures the match value of an entry in a number analysis table.
39-173Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands edit-cic
edit-cicTo manipulate a carrier identification code in any number analysis table, use the edit-cic command in the NA-DST-number-table configuration mode. The no form of the command removes the configured string.
edit-cic {del-prefix pd | del-suffix sd | add-prefix pa | replace ds}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes NA-DST-number-table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines If you want to remove the carrier ID entirely from outgoing messages, specify a replacement string of 0 or a prefix deletion string of 4. For example:
edit-cic del-prefix 4
or
edit-cic replace 0
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Note Only the replace action works. The other actions are ignored.
Examples The following command sets entry 1 to delete the first digit of the carrier ID in NA table MyNaTable:
host1/Admin# configure
del-prefix Specifies digits to delete from the prefix.
pd A positive integer specifying the number of digits to delete from the front of the carrier ID string.
del-suffix Specifies digits to delete from the suffix.
sd A positive integer specifying the number of digits to delete from the end of the carrier ID string.
add-prefix Specifies digits to add to the start of the dialed string.
pa A string of digits to add to the front of the carrier ID string.
replace Replaces the dialed string with the configured digits.
ds A string of digits with which to replace the carrier ID string.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-174Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands edit-cic
host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-src-account-table mytable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# entry 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)# edit-cic del-prefix 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)#
Related Commands Command Description
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
entry Enters the mode for configuring an entry in a number analysis table, creating the table, if necessary.
na-src-account-table Enters the mode for configuring a number analysis table within an SBE policy set, with entries that match the source account.
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
39-175Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands edit-src
edit-src To configure a source number manipulation action in the routing table, use the edit-src command in the routing table entry configuration mode. The no form of the command removes the configured string.
edit-src [del-prefix pd] | [del-suffix sd] | [add-prefix pa] | [replace ds]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Routing table entry (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines You cannot use this command if the table is part of the active policy set.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command sets entry 1 to delete the first digit of the carrier ID in NA table MyNaTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-st-address-table mytable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rttable)# entry 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# edit-src del-prefix 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)#
del-prefix Specifies digits to delete from the prefix.
pd A positive integer specifying the number of digits to delete from the front of the carrier ID string.
del-suffix Specifies digits to delete from the suffix.
sd A positive integer specifying the number of digits to delete from the end of the carrier ID string.
add-prefix Specifies digits to add to the start of the dialed string.
pa A string of digits to add to the front of the carrier ID string.
replace Replaces the dialed string with the configured digits.
ds A string of digits with which to replace the carrier ID string.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-176Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands edit-src
Related Commands Command Description
entry Enters the mode for configuring an entry in a number analysis table, creating the table, if necessary.
39-177Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands entry (profile)
entry (profile)To create or modify an entry in a profile, use the entry command in the SIP header configuration element configuration mode. To destroy the given entry in the profile, use the no form of this command.
entry entry_num {action [add-header | as-profile | drop-msg | pass | replace-name | replace-value | strip] | parameter-profile name}
no entry entry_num {action [add-header | as-profile | drop-msg | pass | replace-name | replace-value | strip] | parameter-profile name}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SIP header configuration element (config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to create create the default profile action:
host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile headerprof1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)# header Tohost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele)# 1 action as-profile
entry_num The entry number. Range is 0 to 2147483647.
action Specifies the type of action.
parameter-profile Adds a parameter-profile associated to header (outbound only).
add-header Adds a header regardless if one already exists.
as-profile Default profile action (whitelist/blacklist).
drop-msg Drop the message.
pass Pass on the header.
replace-name Replace the header name.
replace-value Replace the header content (value).
name Specifies the name of the parameter-profile. The maximum size is 30 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-178Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands entry (profile)
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe sip header-profile Displays a list of all configured SIP header profiles.
39-179Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands entry (table)
entry (table)To create or modify an entry in a table, use the entry command in the appropriate configuration mode. To destroy the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.
entry entry_num
no entry entry_num
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
NA routing table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)
RTG routing table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Note You cannot change the configuration of tables in the context of the active policy set. An entry may not be destroyed if the table is a part of the active policy set.
Examples The following example shows how to create an entry in the new admission control table, MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)#
entry_num Number of the table entry.
• For a CAC table, the index for the CAC policy entry. Range is 0 to 2000000.
• For an RTG routing table, the routing table entry number. Range is 0 to 2147483647.
• For an NA routing table, the number analysis table entry number. Range is 0 to 2147483647.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-180Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands entry (table)
Related Commands Command Description
match-time Configures the match time of an entry.
39-181Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands fast-register disable
fast-register disableTo disable fast-path register support on the SIP adjacency, use the fast-register disable command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To enable fast-path register support, use the no form of this command.
fast-register disable
no fast-register disable
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default By default, the fast-path register feature is enabled.
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Fast-path register is used to prevent the SBC from forwarding all SIP register messages to the softswitch, thus reducing the load on the softswitch. This is enabled by default and can be disabled using this command. When active, a SIP register message received from the same host and port as an existing registration, and with a nonzero expires interval, is immediately responded to without further parsing or other processing performed.
Examples The following example shows how to disable fast-path register support on the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# fast-register disable
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
fast-register-interval Configures the fast-path register interval.
39-182Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands fast-register-interval
fast-register-intervalTo configure the fast-path register interval (in seconds), use the fast-register-interval command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To deconfigure the fast-path register interval, use the no form of this command.
fast-register-interval interval
no fast-register-interval
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
If fast-path register support is enabled on this adjacency, this is the minimum expiry period accepted on a subscriber registration. The interval at which registrations are forwarded on to the softswitch is governed by the reg-min-expiry value.
Note The interval must be less than the min-expiry value.
For fast-path registration to work properly, the recommended value for the Expires header in a SIP REGISTER message should be greater than three times the configured fast-register-interval on the adjacency. For example, if Expires = 600 and SBC fast-register-interval is configured to return 60, the Trident processor will keep the entry for 600-180 seconds, and the entry is marked dormant after 600-180 seconds in the application.
Examples The following example shows how to enable the fast-register interval on the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to 10 seconds:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# fast-register-interval 10
interval Specifies the interval value in seconds. Range is 1 to 2000000.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-183Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands fast-register-interval
Related Commands Command Description
fast-register disable Disables fast-path register support on the SIP adjacency.
39-184Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands first-cac-prefix-len
first-cac-prefix-lenTo configure the prefix length to match on, use the first-cac-prefix-len command in CAC-policy-set configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.
first-cac-prefix-len range
no first-cac-prefix-len range
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC-policy-set configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to match on the first 16 bits of the subscriber category:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-prefix-len 16
Related Commands
range Prefix length to match on. The range is 0 to 32.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
cac-policy-set Enters the submode of CAC policy set configuration.
39-185Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands first-cac-scope
first-cac-scopeTo configure the scope at which to begin defining limits when performing the admission control stage of policy, use the first-cac-scope command in CAC-policy-set configuration mode. To delete the scope at which to begin defining limits when performing the admission control stage of policy, use the no form of this command.
first-cac-scope scope-name
no first-cac-scope scope-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC-policy-set configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)
Command History
scope-name Scope at which limits should be initially defined when performing the admission control stage of policy. Possible values are:
• adj-group—Limits for events from members of the same adjacency group.
• arc-adjacency—Limits for events from the same adjacency.
• call—Limits are per single call.
• dst-account—Limits for events sent to the same account.
• dst-adj-group—Limits for events sent to the same adjacency group.
• dst-adjacency—Limits for events sent to the same adjacency.
• dst-number—Limits for events that have the same adjacency number.
• global—Limits are global (May not be combined with any other option).
• src-account—Limits for events from the same account.
• src-adj-group—Limits for events from the same adjacency group.
• src-number—Limits for events that have the same source number.
• sub-category—Categorizes subscribers based on the source IP address in the registration requests.
• sub-category-pfx—Categorizes subscribers based on first few bits (specified with the first-cac-prefix-len command) of the subcriber category.
• subscriber—Categorizes subscribers based on the AOR specified in the registration requests
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.00 The sub-category, sub-category-pfx, and subscriber keywords were added.
39-186Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands first-cac-scope
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set the scope category as the first scope at which to define an admission control policy in configuration set 1 on mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope src-adjacency
Related Commands Command Description
cac-policy-set Enters the submode of CAC policy set configuration.
39-187Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands first-cac-table
first-cac-tableTo configure the name of the first policy table to process when performing the admission control stage of policy, use the first-cac-table command in CAC-policy-set configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.
first-cac-table table-name
no first-cac-table table-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC-policy-set configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set the table RootCacTable as the first admission control table in configuration set 1 on mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table RootCacTable
Related Commands
table-name Specifies the admission control table that should be processed first.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
cac-policy-set Enters the submode of CAC policy set configuration.
39-188Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands first-call-routing-table
first-call-routing-tableTo configure the name of the first policy table to process when performing the routing stage of policy for new-call events, use the first-call-routing-table command in routing policy table mode. To deconfigure the name of the first policy table, use the no form of this command.
first-call-routing-table table-name
no first-call-routing-table
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Routing policy table (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the table RootCallRtgTable as the first routing table for new-call events in configuration set 1 on mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# first-call-routing-table RootCallRtgTable
Related Commands
table-name Specifies the routing table that should be processed first.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
first-reg-routing-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the routing stage of policy for subscriber-registration events.
first-number-analysis-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the number analysis stage of policy.
39-189Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands first-number-analysis-table
first-number-analysis-tableTo configure the name of the first policy table to process when performing the number analysis stage of policy, use the first-number-analysis-table command in routing policy table mode. To deconfigure the name of the first policy table, use the no form of this command.
first-number-analysis-table table-name
no first-number-analysis-table
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Routing policy table (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the table RootNaTable as the first number analysis table in configuration set 1 on mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# first-number-analysis-table RootNaTable
Related Commands
table-name Specifies the number analysis table that should be processed first.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
first-reg-routing-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the routing stage of policy for subscriber-registration events.
first-call-routing-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the routing stage of policy for new-call events.
39-190Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands first-reg-routing-table
first-reg-routing-tableTo configure the name of the first policy table to process when performing the routing stage of policy for subscriber-registration events, use the first-reg-routing-table command in routing policy table mode. To deconfigure the name of the first policy table, use the no form of this command.
first-reg-routing-table table-name
no first-reg-routing-table
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Routing policy table (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the table RootRegRtgTable as the first routing table for subscriber-registration events in configuration set 1 on mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# first-reg-routing-table RootRegRtgTable
Related Commands
table-name Specifies the routing table that should be processed first.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
first-number-analysis-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the number analysis stage of policy.
first-call-routing-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the routing stage of policy for new-call events.
39-191Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands force-signaling-peer
force-signaling-peerTo force SIP messages to go to the configured signaling peer, use the force-signaling-peer command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.
force-signaling-peer
no force-signaling-peer
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to force SIP messages to go to the configured signaling peer:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# force-signaling-peerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# exit
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC.
39-192Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands global
globalTo enter the mode for configuring blacklisting to apply to all addresses, use the global command in the SBE blacklist configuration mode.
global
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE blacklist configuration (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to enter the mode for configuring blacklisting to apply to all addresses:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-global)#
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
blacklist Enters the mode for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN.
ipv4 (blacklist) Enters the mode for applying blacklisting options to a single IP address.
reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source.
timeout Defines the length of time that packets from the source are blocked, should the limit be exceeded.
trigger-period Defines the period over which events are considered.
trigger-size Defines the number of the specified events from the specified source that are allowed before the blacklisting is triggered, and blocks all packets from the source.
39-193Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands group
groupTo configure an adjacency to an adjacency group, use the group command in the appropriate adjacency mode. To remove the adjacency from the specified group, use the no form of this command.
group word
no group word
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the group command assigns a SIP adjacency named sipGW to adjacency group named InternetEth0:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip sipGWhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# group InternetEth0
The following example shows how the group command assigns an H.323 adjacency named H323ToIsp42 to an adjacency group named Isp42.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 H323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# group Isp42
Related Commands
word Indicates the group name for the adjacency. The maximum size is 32 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC.
39-194Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h225 timeout
h225 timeoutTo configure the H.225 timeout interval, use the h225 timeout command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
h225 timeout {setup | proceeding | establishment} value
no h225 timeout {setup | proceeding | establishment} value
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the h225 timeout command configures an H.225 timeout interval in adjacency H.323 configuration mode:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# h225 timeout setup 30host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# h225 timeout proceeding 30host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# h225 timeout establishment 30
The following example shows how the h225 timeout command configures an H.225 timeout interval in H.323 configuration mode:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe
setup Specifies the setup state. Default value for this state is 4 seconds.
proceeding Specifies the proceeding state. Default value for this state is 10 seconds.
establishment Specifies the establishment state. Default value for this state is 180 seconds.
value Specifies the timeout period in seconds. For setup and proceeding timeout periods, valid values are from 1 to 30. For establishment timeout, valid values are from 30 to 300.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-195Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h225 timeout
host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# h323host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# h225 timeout setup 30host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# h225 timeout proceeding 30host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# h225 timeout establishment 30
Related Commands Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC.
39-196Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h245-address-pass
h245-address-passTo specify when an H.245 address is passed to the caller when the caller does not support tunneling, use the h245-address-pass command in the vDBE configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
h245-address-pass {immediate | wait-connect}
no h245-address-pass {immediate | wait-connect}
Syntax Description
Command Default Default value is immediate.
Command Modes vDBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the vDBE H.248 Ia profile to interoperate with the media gateway controller (SBE):
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 adj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# signaling-address ipv4 10.140.90.20host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# signaling-port 1720host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# remote-address ipv4 172.16.100.107 255.255.255.255host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# signaling-peer 172.16.100.107host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# signaling-peer-port 1720host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# dbe-location-id 4294967295host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# h245-address-pass wait-connecthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# attach
Related Commands
immediate Pass H.245 address immediately to caller.
wait-connect Pass H.245 address to caller until call is connected.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
h245-tunnel disable Disables H.245 tunneling on a per-adjacency basis.
39-197Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h245-tunnel disable
h245-tunnel disableTo disable H.245 tunneling on a per-adjacency basis, use the h245-tunnel disable command in adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To enable tunneling, use the no form of this command.
h245-tunnel disable
no h245-tunnel disable
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the h245-tunnel disable command disables H.245 tunneling on an H.323 adjacency named H323ToIsp42:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 H323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# h245-tunnel disable
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
h245-address-pass Specifies when an H.245 address is passed to the caller when the caller does not support tunneling.
39-198Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h248 allow-all-mg
h248 allow-all-mg To configure the H.248 signaling stack to allow connections from all Media Gateways, use the h248 allow-all-mg command in the SBE configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to deconfigure the H.248 signaling stack from allowing connections from all media gateways,
h248 allow-all-mg
no h-248 allow-all-mg
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default Default is the no form of this command
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures the H.248 signaling stack to allow any Media Gateway to connect to the SBE:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# h248 allow-all-mghost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)#
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
h248-profile Configures the vDBE H.248 profile name to interoperate with the media gateway controller (SBE).
h248-profile-version Configures the vDBE H.248 profile version to interoperate with media gateway controller (SBE).
h248 version configure the version of an H.248 protocol for a VDBE when forming associations with an H.248 controller.
39-199Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h248-profile
h248-profileTo configure the vDBE H.248 profile name to interoperate with the media gateway controller (SBE), use the h248-profile command in the vDBE configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
h248-profile {etsi-bgf | gatecontrol}
no h248-profile
Syntax Description
Command Default Default value is gatecontrol.
Command Modes vDBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The “Examples” section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Use the h248-profile command to enter vDBE H.248 profile configuration mode.
After the DBE is configured to use the H.248 profile name, the applicable profile name is advertised with the Service Change messages.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the vDBE H.248 Ia profile to interoperate with the media gateway controller (SBE):
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# h248-profile etsi-bgfhost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248-profile)#
etsi-bgf Configures the Ia profile for ESSI_BGF.
gatecontrol Configures the Cisco profile for the SBC_GateControl.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-200Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h248-profile
Related Commands Command Description
h248-profile-version Configures the vDBE H.248 profile version to interoperate with the media gateway controller (SBE).
show services sbc dbe h248-profile
Displays the information on the specified profile, including transport, H.248 version, and active packages.
vdbe Enters Virtual Data Border Element (vDBE) configuration mode.
39-201Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h248-profile-version
h248-profile-versionTo configure the vDBE H.248 profile version to interoperate with media gateway controller (SBE), use the h248-profile-version command in the vDBE H.248 profile configuration mode.To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
h248-profile-version {profile-version}
no h248-profile-version
Syntax Description
Command Default Default value is 3.
Command Modes vDBE H.248 profile configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248-profile)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The “Examples” section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Use the h248-profile-version command after you have defined the name of the profile using the h248-profile command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the vDBE H.248 profile version to interoperate with the media gateway controller (SBE):
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# h248-profile etsi-bgfhost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248-profile)# h248-profile-version 1
Related Commands
profile-version Version number of the H.248 profile. The values are from 1 to 3. The value of 3 stands for gatecontrol. The value of 1 stands for etsi-bgf.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
h248-profile Configures the vDBE H.248 profile name to interoperate with the media gateway controller (SBE).
39-202Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h248-profile-version
show services sbc dbe h248-profile
Displays the information on the specified profile, including transport, H.248 version, and active packages.
vdbe Enters Virtual Data Border Element (vDBE) configuration mode.
Command Description
39-203Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h248-version
h248-version To configure the version of an H.248 protocol for a VDBE when forming associations with an H.248 controller, use the h248-version command in VDBE mode. To leave the default as version 2 of the H.248 protocol, use the no form of this command.
h248-version version-number
no h248-version version-number
Syntax Description
Command Default h248 version 2 is used.
Command Modes sbc-dbe-vdbe mode (config-sbc-sbe-dbe-vdbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the h248-version command configures the vDBE to use version 3 of the H.248 protocol:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin:router(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin:router(config-sbc-sbe-dbe-vdbe)# h248-version 3
Related Commands
version-number Specifies the version number. The default version is 2.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
h248 allow-all-mg Configures the H.248 signaling stack to allow connections from all Media Gateways.
h248-profile Configures the vDBE H.248 profile name to interoperate with the media gateway controller (SBE).
h248-profile-version Configures the vDBE H.248 profile version to interoperate with media gateway controller (SBE).
39-204Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h323
h323To enter the H.323 configuration mode, use the h323 command in SBE configuration mode.
h323
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to enter the H.323 configuration mode:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# h323host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)#
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
hunting-trigger Configures failure return codes to trigger hunting.
ras retry Configures an H.323 Registration, Admission, and Status (RAS) retry count for an RAS transaction type.
ras rrq Configures the registration request (RRQ).
ras timeout Configures an H.323 RAS timeout interval.
adjacency timout Configures the adjacency retry timeout interval.
39-205Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands header
headerTo add a header with a specified name to a SIP message profile, use the header command in SIP header-profile configuration mode. To remove the method from the profile, use the no form of this command.
header header-name
no header header-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SIP header configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the header command adds the header “test” to the header profile MyProfile:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile MyProfilehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)# header test
Related Commands
header-name Specifies the name of the header added to the header profile. Valid names are 1 to 32 characters in length (inclusive) and are case-sensitive.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
blacklist Configures SIP header or method blacklist profiles on a SIP message.
description Configures descriptive text for a SIP header.
39-206Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands header-profile
header-profile To set a specified header profile for inbound and outbound signaling on a specified SBE SIP adjacency, use the header-profile command in adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To disable the specified header profile, use the no form of this command.
header-profile {inbound | outbound} profile-name
no header-profile {inbound | outbound} profile-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the header-profile command sets header profiles for inbound and outbound signaling on an SBE SIP adjacency test:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip testhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# header-profile inbound Profile1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# header-profile outbound Profile2host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)#
Related Commands
inbound | outbound Sets the inbound and outbound SIP header profiles.
profile-name Specifies the name of the header profile to be set for inbound or outbound signaling on a specified adjacency. If you enter the name default, the default header profile is set for inbound or outbound signaling.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe sip header-profile Displays a list of all configured SIP header profiles.
39-207Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands hold-media-timeout
hold-media-timeoutTo configure the time an SBE will wait after receiving a media timeout notification from the DBE for an on-hold call before tearing that call down, use the hold-media-timeout command in SBE configuration mode. To set the number to its default, use the no form of this command.
hold-media-timeout timeout
no hold-media-timeout timeout
Syntax Description
Command Default The default value is 0.
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures the SBE to wait two hours after receiving the last media packet on an on-hold call before cleaning up the call resources:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# hold-media-timeout 7200 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)#
Related Commands
timeout Specifies the time an SBE will wait after receiving a media timeout notification from the DBE for an on-hold call before tearing that call down.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sbe Configures the submode of the SBE entity within an SBC service.
39-208Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands hunting-trigger
hunting-triggerTo configure failure return codes to trigger hunting, use the hunting-trigger command in one of its supported modes: H.323 (global H.323 scope), adjacency SIP (destination SIP adjacency), and adjacency h323 (destination H.323 adjacency).
The no form of the command clears all error codes.
If you enter no hunting-trigger x y, then just codes x and y are removed from the configured list.
hunting-trigger {error-codes | disable} error-codes
no hunting-trigger {error-codes | disable} error-codes
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-h323)
Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines If you enter hunting-trigger x followed by hunting-trigger y, the value of x is replaced with y.
To set both x and y to be hunting triggers, you must enter hunting-trigger x y.
error-codes(SIP and adjacency modes)
Signifies a space-separated list of SIP numeric error codes.
error-codes
(h323 and adjacency
h323 modes)
Specifies one of the following values:
• noBandwidth—H.225 no bandwidth response.
• unreachableDestination—H.225 unreachable destination response.
• destinationRejection—H.225 destination rejection response.
• noPermission—H.225 no permission response.
• gatewayResources—H.225 gateway Resources response.
• badFormatAddress—H.225 bad format address response.
• securityDenied— H.225 security denied response.
• connectFailed—Internal response.
• noRetry—Specifies that routing should never be retried for this adjacency no matter what failure return code is received.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-209Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands hunting-trigger
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode.
The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
In the adjacency SIP or H.323 adjacency modes, if you specify the special hunting-trigger value of disable, routes are never retried to this adjacency, even if the error code is on the global retry list.
Examples H.323 mode
The following example shows how to configure H.323 to retry routing if it receives a noBandwidth or securityDenied error:YES
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin (config-sbc-sbe)# h323host1/Admin (config-sbc-sbe-h323)# hunting-trigger noBandwidth securityDenied
SIP adjacency mode
The following example shows how to configure SIP to retry routing to the SIP adjacency SipAdj1 if it receives a 415 (media unsupported) or 480 (temporarily unavailable) error: YES
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipAdj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# hunting-trigger 415 480
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe hunting-trigger Shows the the H.323 or SIP hunting triggers at the global level.
39-210Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands inherit profile
inherit profileTo configure a global inherit profile for the SIP adjacency, use the inherit profile command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To deconfigure the global inherit profile, use the no form of this command.
inherit profile {preset-access | preset-core | preset-ibcf-ext-untrusted | preset-ibcf-external | preset-ibcf-internal | preset-p-cscf-access | preset-p-cscf-core | preset-peering | preset-standard-non-ims}
no inherit profile
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
SBE configuration(config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the sip inherit profile command is used to configure a P-CSCF-access inherit profile on a SIP adjacency:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# inherit profile preset-p-cscf-access
preset-access Specifies a preset access profiles.
preset-core Specifies a preset core profile.
preset-ibcf-ext-untrusted Specifies a preset IBCF external untrusted profile.
preset-ibcf-external Specifies a preset IBCF external profile.
preset-ibcf-internal Specifies a preset IBCF internal profile.
preset-p-cscf-access Specifies a preset P-CSCF-access profile.
preset-p-cscf-core Specifies a preset P-CSCF-core profile.
preset-peering Sepcifies a preset peering profile.
preset-standard-non-ims Specified a preset standard-non-IMS profile.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-211Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands inherit profile
Related Commands Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC.
39-212Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands invite-timeout
invite-timeoutTo configure the time that SBC waits for a final response to an outbound SIP invite request, use the invite-timeout command in IP timer configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
invite-timeout {interval-value}
no invite-timeout
Syntax Description
Command Default The default wait interval is 180 seconds. If no response is received during that time, an internal 408 request timeout response is generated and is sent to the caller.
Command Modes SIP timer (config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
If a configuration is loaded on top of an active configuration, warnings are generated to notify that the configuration cannot be modified. If you must modify the entire configuration by loading a new one, please remove the existing configuration first.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the SBC to time out invite transactions after 60 seconds:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip timerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# invite-timeout 60host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# exit
Related Commands
interval-value Time, in seconds, SBC waits before timing out an outbound invite request.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
udp-response-linger-period Configures the time period that SBC retains negative UDP responses to invite requests.
39-213Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ip host
ip hostTo resolve hostnames to IP addresses in evaluation cases where a DNS server is not available, use the ip host command in Global configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
ip host hostname ip_address
no ip host hostname ip_address
Syntax Description
Command Default The default wait interval is 180 seconds. If no response is received during that time, an internal 408 request timeout response is generated and is sent to the caller.
Command Modes Global configuration (config)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
If a configuration is loaded on top of an active configuration, warnings are generated to notify that the configuration cannot be modified. If you must modify the entire configuration by loading a new one, please remove the existing configuration first.
Caution The ip host command provides a mechanism to resolve hostnames to IP addresses in evaluation cases where a DNS server is not available. Properly designed networks rely on DNS infrastructure to manage the mapping of hostnames to IP addresses in a scalable and consistent network-wide manner. Use of the ip host command in conjunction with a DNS server may result in an undesireable result when the local configuration conflicts with the global DNS mapping.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the SBC to time out invite transactions after 60 seconds:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# ip host host_1 172.18.51.20
hostname Specifies the hostname.
ip_address Specifies the IP address.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-214Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ip precedence
ip precedenceTo configure an IP precedence with which to mark IP packets belonging to the given QoS profile, use the ip precedence command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.
ip precedence value
no ip precedence
Syntax Description
Command Default value: 0
Command Modes Qos sig configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)
QoS video configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-video)
QoS voice configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-voice)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the QoS profile to mark IP packets with a precedence of 1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos sig residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)# ip precedence 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)#
Related Commands
value Specifies the IP precedence with which to mark packets. Range is 0 to 7.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
qos sig Configures a signaling QoS profile.
qos video Configures a video QoS profile.
qos voice Configures a voice QoS profile.
39-215Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ip TOS
ip TOSTo configure an IP ToS (type of service) with which to mark IP packets belonging to the QoS profile, use the ip TOS command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return the QoS profile to setting the default IP ToS, use the no form of this command.
ip TOS value
no ip TOS
Syntax Description
Command Default The default IP ToS is 0 (normal service).
Command Modes Qos sig configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)
QoS video configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-video)
QoS voice configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-voice)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure an IP TOS:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos sig residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)# ip tos 12host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)#
value Specifies the IP ToS with which to mark packets. This may be a value of 0 (normal service) or a bitfield consisting of one or more of the following bits OR’ed together:
• 8: Minimize delay.
• 4: Maximize throughput.
• 2: Maximize reliability.
• 1: Minimize monetary cost.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-216Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ip TOS
Related Commands Command Description
qos sig Configures a signaling QoS profile.
qos video Configures a video QoS profile.
qos voice Configures a voice QoS profile.
39-217Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ipv4 (blacklist)
ipv4 (blacklist)To enter the mode for applying blacklisting options to a single IP address or for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN (where the IP address is under the VPN), use the ipv4 command in the SBE blacklist configuration mode. Use the no form of the command to remove the blacklist entry for an address.
ipv4 ip address
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE blacklist configuration (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to enter the mode for applying blacklisting options to a single IP address:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklisthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)#
Related Commands
IP address Specifies the IPv4 H.248 control address.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
blacklist Enters the mode for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN.
ipv4 (blacklist) Enters the mode for applying blacklisting options to a single IP address.
reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source.
timeout Defines the length of time that packets from the source are blocked, should the limit be exceeded.
39-218Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ipv4 (blacklist)
trigger-period Defines the period over which events are considered.
trigger-size Defines the number of the specified events from the specified source that are allowed before the blacklisting is triggered, and blocks all packets from the source.
Command Description
39-219Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ipv4 (SBE H.248)
ipv4 (SBE H.248)To configure an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 control address, use the ipv4 command in H.248 control address configuration mode. To delete a given IPv4 H.248 control address, use the no form of this command.
ipv4 IP address
no ipv4 IP address
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes H.248 control address (config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 control address:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# control address h248 index 0host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)# ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)#
Related Commands
IP address Specifies the IPv4 H.248 control address.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
control address h248 index
Selects index value and enters H.248 control address mode.
port (SBE H.248) Configures an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 port.
transport (SBE H.248) Configures an SBE to use a certain transport for H.248 communications.
39-220Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands key
keyTo configure the authentication key of the accounting and authentication servers, use the key command in the appropriate server configuration mode. To disable any previously set authentication key, use the no form of this command.
key key
no key
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Server accounting (config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)
Server authentication (config-sbc-sbe-auth)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the acctsvr accounting server with the authentication key HJ5689 and acctsvr2 accounting server with the authentication key cisco on mySbc for RADIUS client instance radius1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting radius1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server acctsvrhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# key HJ5689host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server acctsvr2host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# key ciscohost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# exit
Related Commands
key Specifies the authentication key. This is only valid if authentication is turned on.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
radius Configures a RADIUS client for accounting or authentication purposes.
39-221Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ldr-check
ldr-check To configure the time of day (local time) to run the Long Duration Check (LDR), use the ldr-check command in SBE billing configuration mode. To return to 00:00, use the no form of this command.
ldr-check {HH MM}
no ldr-check
Syntax Description
Command Default HH MM: 00 00
Command Modes SBE billing configuration (config-sbc-sbe-billing)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
If a configuration is loaded on top of an active configuration, warnings are generated to notify that the configuration cannot be modified. If you must modify the entire configuration by loading a new one, please remove the existing configuration first.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the remote long-duration-call check to occur at 10.30 p.m., to specify the time each day when SBC should check for any call whose duration is over 24 hours:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-billing)# ldr-check 22 30
Related Commands
HH:MM Time in hours and minutes using a 24-hour clock. The range of the HH argument is 0 to 23. The range of the MM argument is 0 to 59.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
activate (radius) Activates the billing functionality after configuration is committed.
billing Configures billing.
local-address ipv4 Configures the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR.
method packetcable-em
Enables the packet-cable billing method.
39-222Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ldr-check
packetcable-em transport radius
Configures a packet-cable billing instance.
show services sbc sbe billing remote
Displays the local and billing configurations.
Command Description
39-223Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands local-address ipv4 (packet-cable)
local-address ipv4 (packet-cable)To configure the local address of the packet-cable billing instance, use the local-address ipv4 command in the packetcable-em configuration mode. To disable the local address, use the no form of this command.
local-address ipv4 A.B.C.D.
no local-address ipv4
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is 0.0.0.0.
Command Modes Packet-cable em configuration (config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
If no address is configured, the SBC uses any local address.
Examples The following example shows how to enter the billing mode for mySbc:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing (config-sbc-sbe-billing)# packetcable-em 4 transport radius test(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# local-address ipv4 10.10.10.10
Related Commands
A.B.C.D. Local IPv4 address to be configured.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was modified.
Command Description
activate (radius) Activates the billing functionality after configuration is committed.
attach activate the billing for a RADIUS client
batch-size Configures the batching or grouping of RADIUS messages sent to a RADIUS server.
batch-time Configures the maximum number of milliseconds for which any record is held in the batch before the batch is sent.
deact-mode Configures the deactivate mode for the billing method.
39-224Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands local-address ipv4 (packet-cable)
ldr-check Configures the time of day (local time) to run the Long Duration Check (LDR).
local-address ipv4 Configures the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR.
local-address ipv4 (packet-cable)
Configures the local address of the packet-cable billing instance.
method packetcable-em
Enables the packet-cable billing method.
packetcable-em transport radius
Configures a packet-cable billing instance.
show services sbc sbe billing remote
Displays the local and billing configurations.
Command Description
39-225Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands local-address ipv4
local-address ipv4 To configure the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR, use the local-address ipv4 command in SBE billing configuration mode. To deconfigure the local IPV4 address, use the no form of this command.
local-address ipv4 {A.B.C.D.}
no local-address ipv4
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE billing configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
If a configuration is loaded on top of an active configuration, warnings are generated to notify that the configuration cannot be modified. If you must modify the entire configuration by loading a new one, please remove the existing configuration first.
Note This field cannot be reconfigured when billing is active.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the local-address to 10.20.1.1 for the billing:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing remotehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-billing)# local-address ipv4 10.20.1.1
Related Commands
A.B.C.D. Local IPv4 address to be configured.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
billing Configures billing.
ldr-check Configures the time of day (local time) to run the Long Duration Check (LDR).
local-address ipv4 Configures the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR.
39-226Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands local-address ipv4
method packetcable-em
Enables the packet-cable billing method.
packetcable-em transport radius
Configures a packet-cable billing instance.
show services sbc sbe billing remote
Displays the local and billing configurations.
Command Description
39-227Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands local-id host
local-id hostTo configure the local identify name on a SIP adjacency, use the local-id command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.
local-id host name
no local-id host
Syntax Description
Command Default When the name field is not set, the local signaling address is used in SIP messages.
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set the SIP local identity of SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to mcarthur:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# local-id host mcarthur
Related Commands
name Specifies the local identity name to present on outbound SIP messages. This may be a DNS name. This must not contain the port. The maximum size is 255 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-228Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands local-port
local-port To configure a DBE to use a specific local port when connecting to the default MGC, use the local-port command in the VDBE configuration mode. To disable this configuration, use the no form of this command.
local-port {abcd}
no local-port {abcd}
Syntax Description
Command Default Default is to use local port 2944. Note that use-any-local-port should not be used when there is a redundant Session Border Controller (SBC). If it is, the connection to the MGC may be lost with an SBC switch over.
Command Modes VDBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
The local port cannot be modified after any controller has been configured on the vDBE. You must delete the controller before you can modify or configure the local port.
Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into SBC-DBE configuration and VDBE configuration modes, and configures the DBE to use the local port number 5090:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# local-port 5090host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# exit
Related Commands
abcd This is the number of the local port the DBE uses.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
use-any-local-port Configures a DBE to use any available local port when connecting to the default MGC.
39-229Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands location-id
location-idTo configure the location ID for a DBE service of the session border controller (SBC), use the location-id command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. To set the location ID to the default, use the no form of this command.
location-id location-id
no location-id location-id
Syntax Description
Command Default The default location-id is -1
Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
The no form of the command does not take an argument and sets the location-id to the default, which is 0xFFFFFFFF (-1).
A location ID is configured on each DBE. The SBE may associate endpoints with a particular location ID and then use the location IDs to route calls between different DBEs.
Use the dbe command to enter into SBC-DBE configuration mode prior to entering the location-id command.
Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into SBC-DBE configuration mode, and sets the location ID for a DBE to be 1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# location-id 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit
Related Commands
location-id The location ID of the DBE. The location ID range is from -1 to 65535.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBC and enters into DBE-SBE configuration mode.
39-230Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands mandatory-transport
mandatory-transportTo set the mandatory transport for an adjacency, use the mandatory-transport command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To enable fast-path register support, use the no form of this command.
mandatory-transport {tcp | udp}
no mandatory-transport {tcp | udp}
Syntax Description
Command Default Adjacencies use UDP by default.
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Fast-path register is used to prevent the SBC from forwarding all SIP register messages to the softswitch, thus reducing the load on the softswitch. This is enabled by default and can be disabled using this command. When active, a SIP register message received from the same host and port as an existing registration, and with a nonzero expires interval, is immediately responded to without further parsing or other processing performed.
Examples The following example shows how to configure TCP as the mandatory transport on the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# mandatory-transport tcp
Related Commands
tcp Sets the mandatory transport to TCP.
udp Sets the mandatory transport to UDP.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.1 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
preferred-transport Configures the preferred transport protocol for SIP signaling on an adjacency.
39-231Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands map-status-code
map-status-codeTo enter the map status code mapping submode, use the map-status-code command in the SIP method-profile element configuration mode.
map-status-code
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SIP method-profile element configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth-ele)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the map-status-code command enters the map status code mapping submode:
Router/Admi# configureRouter/Admi(config)# sbc testRouter/Admi(config-sbc)# sbeRouter/Admi(config-sbc-sbe)# sip method-profile mthdprof1Router/Admi(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth)# method INVITERouter/Admi(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth-ele)# map-status-code Router/Admi(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth-ele-map)#
method name Specifies the name of the method added to the method profile. Valid names are 1 to 32 characters in length (inclusive) and are case-sensitive.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-232Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands marking
markingTo configure whether the QoS profile will mark packets with a DSCP value or an IP precedence and ToS value, use the marking command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.
marking type
no marking
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Qos sig configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)
QoS video configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-video)
QoS voice configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-voice)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the QoS profile to mark IP packets with DSCPs:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos sig residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)# marking dscp
Related Commands
type Specifies the type of marking. Possible values are:
• dscp: Marks packets with a DSCP value.
• ip-precedence: Marks packets with an IP precedence and TOS value.
• passthrough: No packet marking.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
qos sig Configures a signaling QoS profile.
qos video Configures a video QoS profile.
qos voice Configures a voice QoS profile.
39-233Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-account
match-accountTo configure the match account of an entry in the number analysis or routing table whose entries match against the source account, use the match-account command in routing table entry configuration mode. To delete the match value, use the no form of this command.
match-account key
no match-account key
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Routing table entry (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to create an entry in the new number analysis table MyNaTable and sets the source account it matches against:
host1/Admin# configureAdmin/Router(config)# sbc mySbc sbeAdmin/Router(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1Admin/Router(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-src-account-table MyNaTableAdmin/Router(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# entry 1Admin/Router(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)# match-account router_eastern
Related Commands
key Specifies the account to match.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
entry Creates or modifies an entry in a table.
39-234Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-address
match-addressTo configure the match value of an entry in a routing table whose entries match against the destination or source dialed number, use the match-address command in routing table entry configuration mode. To delete the match value, use the no form of this command.
match-address key [regex]
no match-address key [regex]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Routing table entry (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to create an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable and sets the dialed number (destination address) it matches against:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-dst-address-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-address 999
Related Commands
key Specifies the string used to match the address. Maximum size is 255 characters.
regex Optional. Specifies that the address string is a regular expression.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.0 Added the optional regex keyword.
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
entry Creates or modifies an entry in a table.
39-235Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-adjacency
match-adjacencyTo configure the match value of an entry in a number analysis or routing table whose entries match against the source adjacency, use the match-adjacency command in routing table configuration mode. To delete the match value of the given entry in the routing table, use the no form of this command.
match-adjacency key
no match-adjacency key
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Routing table entry (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to create an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable and sets the source adjacency it matches against:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-src-adjacency-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-adjacency ADJ1
Related Commands
key Specifies the match adjacency. Use an asterisk to match all adjacencies.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
entry Creates or modifies an entry in a table.
39-236Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-category
match-categoryTo configure the match value of an entry in a routing table matching on the category, use the match-category command in routing table configuration mode. To delete the match value of the given entry in the routing table, use the no form of this command.
match-category WORD
no match-category WORD
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Routing table entry (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
You cannot use this command if the table is part of the active policy set.
Examples The following example configures the match-value of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-category-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-category emergencyhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# end
Related Commands
WORD Specifies the name of the category match. The maximum size is 30 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
entry Creates or modifies an entry in a table.
39-237Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-cic
match-cicTo match on the carrier ID code in a routing table, use the match-cic command in routing table entry mode. The no form of the command deletes the precedence of the given entry in the routing table.
match-cic word [any | none]
no match-cic word [any | none]
Syntax Description
Command Default The default precedence of an entry is any.
Command Modes Routing table entry (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following is an example of using the match-cic command match on any carrier ID present.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-carrier-id-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 2host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-cic any
Related Commands
word Match value key; the maximum size is 30 characters.
any Match any carrier ID (match on any carrier ID present).
none Match null carrier ID (match if no carrier ID is present).
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
39-238Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-cic
rtg-carrier-id-table Enters the configuration mode for creation or configuration of a routing table, whose entries match the carrier ID of an SBE call policy set.
entry Enters the configuration submode for creation or configuration of a routing table, whose entries match the source domain name of an SBE call policy set.
Command Description
39-239Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-domain
match-domainTo create or modify the match domain of an entry in a routing table matching on the source domain, use the match-domain command in call policy routing table mode. To delete the match value of the given entry in the routing table, use the no form of this command.
match-domain key [regex]
no match-domain key [regex]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Call policy routing table (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines You cannot create or modify the match domain of an entry in a routing table matching on the source domain if the table is part of the active policy set.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures the match-domain of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable to be cisco.com:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-src-domain-table MyRtgTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-domain cisco.comhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# exit
key Specifies the string used to match the dialed number.
regex Optional. Specifies that the address string is a regular expression.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.0 Added the optional regex keyword.
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-240Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-domain
Related Commands Command Description
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
rst-dst-domain-table Enters the configuration mode for creation of a routing table, with entries that match the destination domain name of an SBE call policy set.
39-241Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-number
match-numberTo configure the match value of an entry in the number analysis table whose entries match against the whole dialed number, use the match-number command in NA-DST-number-table configuration mode. To delete the match value, use the no form of this command.
match-number key
no match-number key
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes NA-DST-number-table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to create an entry in the new NA table MyNaTable and sets the dialed number it matches against:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-number-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)# match-number 9XXX
Related Commands
key Specifies the string used to match the dialed number.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
caller-video-qos-profile Configures the action of an entry in a number analysis table.
39-242Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-prefix
match-prefixTo configure the match value of an entry in the number analysis table whose entries match against the start of the dialed number, use the match-prefix command in SBE routing policy number analysis table entry configuration mode. To delete the match value, use the no form of this command.
match-prefix word
no match-prefix word
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Number analysis table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The “Examples” section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Use the match-prefix command to configure number analysis destination prefix tables.
Examples The following example shows how to create an entry in the new NA table MyNaTable and sets the dialed number prefix it matches against:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-prefix-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)# match-prefix *X*
Related Commands
word Value of prefix string used to match the start of the dialed number. Maximum size is 32 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
action (NA-) Configures the action of an entry in the number analysis table with entries of the table matching a dialed number (prefix or whole number) or the source adjacency or account.
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
39-243Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-prefix
entry Creates or modifies an entry in a number analysis or routing table
na-dst-prefix-table Configures a number analysis table with numbers that match the prefix of the dialed number within an SBE policy set.
Command Description
39-244Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-prefix len
match-prefix lenTo configure the match value of an entry in a routing table matching on the prefix length (netmask), use the match-prefix len command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To delete the match value of the given entry in the routing table, use the no form of this command.
match-prefix-len length
no match-prefix-len length
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is 0.
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example configures the match-value of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-category-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-prefix-len 24host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# end
Related Commands
length Range: 0-32
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
entry Creates or modifies an entry in a table.
39-245Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-type
match-typeTo configure the match type of anadmission control table, use the match-type command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the match-type of the admission control table, use the no form of this command.
match-type table-type
no match-type table-type
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
table-type The type of the table. This parameter governs the syntax of the match-value fields of the entries in the table. The entries in the table then all correspond to different values of call priority, which must be one of the following strings:
• account—Compare the name of the account.
• adj-group—Compare the name of the adjacency group.
• adjacency—Compare the name of the adjacency.
• all—No comparison type. All events match this type.
• call-priority—Compare with call priority.
• category—Compare the number analysis assigned category.
• dst-account—Compare the name of the destination account.
• dst-adj-group—Compare the name of the destination adjacency group.
• dst-adjacency—Compare the name of the destination adjacency.
• dst-prefix—Compare the beginning of the dialed digit string.
• event-type—Compare with CAC policy event types.
• policy-set—The match-type is a cac-policy-table.
• src-account—Compare the name of the source account.
• src-adj-group—Compare the name of the source adjacency group.
• src-adjacency—Compare the name of the source adjacency.
• src-prefix—Compare the beginning of the calling number string.
• sub-category—Match based on subscriber category.
• sub-category-pfx—Match based on subscriber category IP prefix
The match-type parameter must be supplied when creating a table.
39-246Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-type
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the match-type of the admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type call-priority
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.00 This command was modified with the addition of sub-category and sub-category-pfx table types.
Command Description
cac-table Configures an admission control table.
match-value Configures the match-value of an entry in an admission control table.
39-247Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-string
match-stringTo configure an SDP attribute matching string, use the match-string command in the SDP attribute table configuration mode. To delete the match value of the given entry in the routing table, use the no form of this command.
match-string word
no match-string word
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SDP attribute table configuration (config-sbc-sbe- sdpmatchtable-sdpattributetable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example configures the match-value of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sdp-match-table 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sdp-match-tbl)# match-string X-sqn
Related Commands
word Specifies the SDP attribute string. The maximum size is 30 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sdp-match-table Creates an SDP match table.
sdp-attribute-table Configures an SDP attribute table that lists the attributes to add or remove.
action (sdp) Configures an SDP policy table action.
sdp-policy-table Configure an SDP policy table.
39-248Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-table
match-tableTo configure an SDP match table used in a policy, use the match-table command in SDP policy table configuration mode. To delete the match value of the given entry in the routing table, use the no form of this command.
match-table word
no match-table word
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SDP policy table (config-sbc-sbe-sdp-policy-tbl)#
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example configures the match-value of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sdp-policy-table policytab2host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sdp-policy-tbl)# match-table matchtab2
Related Commands
word Specifies the SDP match table. The maximum size is 30 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sdp-policy-table Configures an SDP policy table.
39-249Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-time
match-timeTo configure the match time of an entry, use the match-time command in routing table entry configuration mode. To delete the match value of the given entry in the routing table, use the no form of this command.
match-time {[date yr year_low year_high mon month_low month_high day date_low date_high] [dow DoW_low DoW_high] [tod hr hour_low hour_high min minute_low minute_high]}
no match-time {[date yr year_low year_high mon month_low month_high day date_low date_high] [dow DoW_low DoW_high] [tod hr hour_low hour_high min minute_low minute_high]}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Routing table entry (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)
Command History
key Key: A string used to match the time and can include one or more of the following specifiers:
date_low - date_high—the inclusive range of dates (1-31).
date—date
day—date
DoW_low - DoW_high—the inclusive range of days (Sun-Mon).
dow—day of the week
hr—hour
hour_low - hour_high—the inclusive range of hours (0-23).
minute_low - minute_high—the inclusive range of minutes (0-59).
min—minute
mon—month
month_low - month_high—the inclusive range of months (1-12).
tod—time of day
yr—year
year_low - year_high—the inclusive range of years.
Note The high values are optional and if unspecified are set equal to the low values.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-250Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-time
Usage Guidelines You are not allowed to use this command if the table is part of the active policy set.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example configures the match-value of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-category-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-time y:2006-2020host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# end
Related Commands Command Description
entry Creates or modifies an entry in a table.
39-251Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-value
match-valueTo configure the match-value of an entry in an admission control table, use the match-value command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the match value in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.
match-value key
no match-value key
39-252Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-value
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
key Specifies the string used to match events. The format of the key is determined by the match-type of the enclosing table. Strings are:
WORD—Other than policy-set, call-priority and event-type (Max Size is 255).
adj-group—Events that are from members of the same adjacency group.
call—Scope limits are per single call.
call-update—Compare the beginning of the calling number string.
category—Events that have same category.
critical—Match calls with resource priority 'critical'.
dst-account—Events that are sent to the same account.
dst-adj-group—Events that are sent to the same adjacency group.
dst-adjacency—Events that are sent to the same adjacency.
dst-number—Events that have same destination.
endpoint-reg—Compare the name of the destination adjacency.
flash—Match calls with resource priority 'flash'.
flash-override—Match calls with resource priority 'flash-override'.
global—Scope limits are global
immediate—Match calls with resource priority 'immediate'.
new-call—Compare the beginning of the dialled digit string.
priority—Match calls with resource priority 'priority'.
routine—Match calls with resource priority 'routine'.
src-account—Events that are from the same account.
src-adj-group—Events that are from the same adjacency group.
src-adjacency—Events that are from the same adjacency.
src-number—Events that have same source number
sub-category—.Categorizes based on the source IP address in the registration requests.
sub-category-pfx—.Categorizes based on the first few bits (specified with the match-prefix-len command) of the subscriber category.
subscriber—Categorizes based on the AOR specified in the registration requests
vrf—VRF to use when match-type is sub-category or sub-category-pfx.In these instances, the match-value string is an IP address corresponding to a registered subscriber. If the registered subscriber is placed in a non-Admin VRF context, then vrf specifies the VRF name to which the registered subscriber belongs.
39-253Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-value
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the match-value for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value 0208366
The following example shows how to configure a match-value that places a registered subscriber with an IP address of 1.1.1.1 into VRF1:
host1/Admin# configure host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value 1.1.1.1 vrf VRF1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)#
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.00 This command was modified with additional keys.
Command Description
entry Creates or modifies an entry in a table.
39-254Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-bandwidth
max-bandwidthTo configure the maximum bandwidth for an entry in an admission control table, use the max-bandwidth command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum bandwidth in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.
max-bandwidth mbw
no max-bandwidth mbw
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum bandwidth for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-bandwidth 6000000
Related Commands
mbw Positive integer specifying the maximum rate at which call media should be admitted (in bytes per second) at the relevant scope.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
max-call-rate Configures the maximum call rate for an entry in an admission control table.
max-channels Configures the maximum number of channels for an entry in an admission control table.
39-255Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-bandwidth
max-connections Configures the maximum number of SIP connections that will be made to each remote address.
max-num-calls Configures the maximum number of calls of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs Configures the maximum number of subscriber registrations of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs-rate Configures the maximum call number of subscriber registrations for an entry in an admission control table.
max-updates Configures the maximum call updates for an entry in an admission control table.
Command Description
39-256Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-call-rate
max-call-rateTo configure the maximum call rate for an entry in an admission control table, use the max-call-rate command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum call rate in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.
max-call-rate mcr
no max-call-rate mcr
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum call rate for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-call-rate 30
Related Commands
mcr Positive integer specifying the maximum number of calls per minute to permit at the given scope.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
max-bandwidth Configures the maximum bandwidth for an entry in an admission control table.
max-channels Configures the maximum number of channels for an entry in an admission control table.
39-257Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-call-rate
max-connections Configures the maximum number of SIP connections that will be made to each remote address.
max-num-calls Configures the maximum number of calls of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs Configures the maximum number of subscriber registrations of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs-rate Configures the maximum call number of subscriber registrations for an entry in an admission control table.
max-updates Configures the maximum call updates for an entry in an admission control table.
Command Description
39-258Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-channels
max-channelsTo configure the maximum number of channels for an entry in an admission control table, use the max-channels command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum number of channels in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.
max-channels mc
no max-channels mc
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of channels for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-channels 50
Related Commands
mc Positive integer specifying the maximum number of media channels to permit at the relevant scope.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
max-bandwidth Configures the maximum bandwidth for an entry in an admission control table.
max-call-rate Configures the maximum call rate for an entry in an admission control table.
39-259Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-channels
max-connections Configures the maximum number of SIP connections that will be made to each remote address.
max-num-calls Configures the maximum number of calls of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs Configures the maximum number of subscriber registrations of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs-rate Configures the maximum call number of subscriber registrations for an entry in an admission control table.
max-updates Configures the maximum call updates for an entry in an admission control table.
Command Description
39-260Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-in-call-rate
max-in-call-rateTo configure the maximum in call rate, use the max-in-call-rate command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To disable the call rate, use the no form of this command.
max-in-call-rate rate
no max-in-call-rate rate
Syntax Description
Command Default No limit.
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures the maximum number of connections to each remote address to 1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-in-call-rate 33
Related Commands
rate The maximum number of in-call messages per minute. The range is 0-4294967295.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
max-out-call-rate Configures the maximum out call rate.
max-bandwidth Configures the maximum bandwidth for an entry in an admission control table.
max-call-rate Configures the maximum call rate for an entry in an admission control table.
max-channels Configures the maximum number of channels for an entry in an admission control table.
39-261Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-in-call-rate
max-num-calls Configures the maximum number of calls of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs Configures the maximum number of subscriber registrations of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs-rate Configures the maximum call number of subscriber registrations for an entry in an admission control table.
max-updates Configures the maximum call updates for an entry in an admission control table.
Command Description
39-262Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-num-calls
max-num-callsTo configure the maximum number of calls of an entry in an admission control table, use the max-num-calls command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To delete the maximum number of calls in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.
max-num-calls mnc
no max-num-calls mnc
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of calls for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-num-calls 50
Related Commands
mnc Positive integer specifying the maximum number of calls to permit at the relevant scope.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
max-bandwidth Configures the maximum bandwidth for an entry in an admission control table.
max-call-rate Configures the maximum call rate for an entry in an admission control table.
max-channels Configures the maximum number of channels for an entry in an admission control table.
39-263Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-num-calls
max-connections Configures the maximum number of SIP connections that will be made to each remote address.
max-regs Configures the maximum number of subscriber registrations of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs-rate Configures the maximum call number of subscriber registrations for an entry in an admission control table.
max-updates Configures the maximum call updates for an entry in an admission control table.
Command Description
39-264Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-out-call-rate
max-out-call-rateTo configure the maximum out call rate, use the max-out-call-rate command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To disable the maximum out call rate, use the no form of this command.
max-out-call-rate rate
no max-out-call-rate rate
Syntax Description
Command Default No limit.
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures the maximum number of connections to each remote address to 1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-out-call-rate 33
Related Commands
rate The maximum number of call-out messages per minute. The range is 0-4294967295.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
max-in-call-rate
max-bandwidth Configures the maximum bandwidth for an entry in an admission control table.
max-call-rate Configures the maximum call rate for an entry in an admission control table.
max-channels Configures the maximum number of channels for an entry in an admission control table.
39-265Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-out-call-rate
max-num-calls Configures the maximum number of calls of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs Configures the maximum number of subscriber registrations of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs-rate Configures the maximum call number of subscriber registrations for an entry in an admission control table.
max-updates Configures the maximum call updates for an entry in an admission control table.
Command Description
39-266Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-regs
max-regsTo configure the maximum number of subscriber registrations of an entry in an admission control table, use the max-regs command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum number of subscriber registrations in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.
max-regs mr
no max-regs mr
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of subscriber registrations for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-regs 500
Related Commands
mrr Positive integer specifying the maximum number of subscriber registrations to permit at the relevant scope.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
max-bandwidth Configures the maximum bandwidth for an entry in an admission control table.
max-call-rate Configures the maximum call rate for an entry in an admission control table.
39-267Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-regs
max-channels Configures the maximum number of channels for an entry in an admission control table.
max-connections Configures the maximum number of SIP connections that will be made to each remote address.
max-num-calls Configures the maximum number of calls of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs-rate Configures the maximum call number of subscriber registrations for an entry in an admission control table.
max-updates Configures the maximum call updates for an entry in an admission control table.
Command Description
39-268Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-regs-rate
max-regs-rateTo configure the maximum call number of subscriber registrations for an entry in an admission control table, use the max-regs-rate command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum number of subscriber registrations in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.
max-regs mrr
no max-regs mrr
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Only one parameter may be supplied for each command.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum registration rate for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable::
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-reg-rates 150
Related Commands
mrr A positive integer specifying the maximum number of subscriber registrations per minute to permit at the relevant scope. Only one parameter may be supplied for each command.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
max-bandwidth Configures the maximum bandwidth for an entry in an admission control table.
max-call-rate Configures the maximum call rate for an entry in an admission control table.
39-269Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-regs-rate
max-channels Configures the maximum number of channels for an entry in an admission control table.
max-connections Configures the maximum number of SIP connections that will be made to each remote address.
max-num-calls Configures the maximum number of calls of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs Configures the maximum number of subscriber registrations of an entry in an admission control table.
max-updates Configures the maximum call updates for an entry in an admission control table.
Command Description
39-270Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-updates
max-updatesTo configure the maximum call updates for an entry in an admission control table, use the max-updates command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum call updates in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.
max-updates mu
no max-updates mu
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of call updates for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-updates 500
Related Commands
mu Positive integer specifying the maximum number of updates to call media to permit at the relevant scope.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
max-bandwidth Configures the maximum bandwidth for an entry in an admission control table.
max-call-rate Configures the maximum call rate for an entry in an admission control table.
max-channels Configures the maximum number of channels for an entry in an admission control table.
39-271Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-updates
max-connections Configures the maximum number of SIP connections that will be made to each remote address.
max-num-calls Configures the maximum number of calls of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs Configures the maximum number of subscriber registrations of an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs-rate Configures the maximum call number of subscriber registrations for an entry in an admission control table.
Command Description
39-272Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address ipv4
media-address ipv4 To add an IPv4 address to the set of addresses that can be used by the DBE as a local media address, use the media-address ipv4 command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. To remove an IPv4 from the set of local media addresses, use the no form of this command.
media-address ipv4 {A.B.C.D} {E.F.G.H}
no media-address ipv4 {A.B.C.D} {E.F.G.H}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines After you have configured a local media address, the media address cannot be modified while the DBE service is active. Deactivate the DBE with the no activate command first.
The media address is a pool of IP addresses on the DBE for media relay functionality. A pool of addresses is defined for the Global VPN that the DBE is attached to. All vDBEs within the DBE draw media addresses from this pool.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following commands add addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 to the address pool:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address pool ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit
A.B.C.D This is the starting IPv4 media address on an SBC interface, which can be used for media arriving on the DBE.
E.F.G.H This is the ending IPv4 media address on an SBC interface, which can be used for media arriving on the DBE.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-273Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address ipv4
Related Commands Command Description
media-address pool ipv4
Creates a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses,
dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBC and enters into DBE-SBE configuration mode.
activate Initiates the DBE service of the session border controller (SBC).
39-274Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address ipv4 port-range
media-address ipv4 port-range To create a port range associated with an IPv4 address within a media address or a pool of media addresses where the class of service for the port range is any, video, or voice class of service, use the media-address ipv4 port-range command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. To delete such a port range, use the no form of this command.
media-address ipv4 ipaddr port-range min-port max-port { any | video | voice }
no media-address ipv4 ipaddr port-range min-port max-port { any | video | voice }
Syntax Description
Command Default min-port = 16,384
max-port = 32,767
Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Command is only valid in the media address or address range submodes.
Examples The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with IPv4 address 10.10.10.1 within a media address or a pool of media addresses for the port range for any class of service:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 port-range 10000 20000 video
The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with IPv4 address 10.10.10.1 within a media address or a pool of media addresses where the class of service for the port range is video:
ipaddr The IP address.
min-port The starting port number of the range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the min-port value specified must be less than or equal to the max-port value specified. If a min-port value is not configured, the default value is 16384.
max-port The ending port number of the range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the max-port value specified must be greater than or equal to the min-port value specified. If a max-port value is not configured, the default value is 32767.
any Configures the port range applies to any class of service.
video Configures the port range applies to video class of service.
voice Configures the port range applies to voice class of service.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-275Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address ipv4 port-range
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 port-range 10000 20000 video
The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with IPv4 address 10.10.10.1 within a media address or a pool of media addresses where the class of service for the port range is voice:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 port-range 10000 20000 voice
Related Commands Command Description
media-address ipv4 port-range video Create a port range associated with an IPv4 address within a media address or a pool of media addresses where the class of service for the port range is video.
media-address ipv4 port-range voice Create a port range associated with an IPv4 address within a media address or a pool of media addresses where the class of service for the port range is voice.
39-276Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address ipv4 vrf port-range
media-address ipv4 vrf port-range To create a port range associated with an IPv4 address that is associated with a specific VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance within a media address or a pool of media addresses where the class of service for the port range is any,video, or voice, use the media-address ipv4 vrf port-range any command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. To delete such a port range, use the no form of this command.
media-address ipv4 ipaddr vrf vrf-name port-range start-port end-port { any | video | voice }
media-address ipv4 ipaddr vrf vrf-name port-range start-port end-port { any | video | voice }
Syntax Description
Command Default start-port = 16,384
end-port = 32,767
Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Command is only valid in the media address or address range submodes.
ipaddr The IP address of the VRF.
start-port The starting port number of the range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the min-port value specified must be less than or equal to the max-port value specified. If a min-port value is not configured, the default value is 16384.
end-port The ending port number of the range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the max-port value specified must be greater than or equal to the min-port value specified. If a max-port value is not configured, the default value is 32767.
vrf-name (Optional) Name of the VRF instance associated with the IP addresses. If the vrf keyword is specified, the vrfname argument must be specified.
any Configures the port range applies to any class of service.
video Configures the port range applies to video class of service.
voice Configures the port range applies to voice class of service.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-277Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address ipv4 vrf port-range
Examples The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with IPv4 address 10.10.10.1 associated with vrf test within a media address for any class of service:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 vrf test port-range 10000 20000 any
The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with IPv4 address 10.10.10.1 associated with vrf test within a media address where the class of service for the port range is video:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 vrf test port-range 10000 20000 video
The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with IPv4 address 10.10.10.1 associated with vrf test within a media address where the class of service for the port range is voice:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 vrf test port-range 10000 20000 voice
Related Commands Command Description
activate Initiates the DBE service of the SBC.
media address ipv4 Adds an individual IPv4 address to the set of addresses that can be used by the DBE as a local media address.
39-278Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address pool ipv4
media-address pool ipv4 To create a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses, use the media-address pool ipv4 command in the SBC-DBE configuration mode. This pool of addresses is added to the set of local media addresses that can be used by the DBE. To remove this pool of IPv4 addresses from the set of local media addresses, use the no form of this command.
media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H
media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Any valid IPv4 addresses. Ending address must be numerically higher than the starting address.
Examples The following commands add addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 to the address pool:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address pool ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit
Related Commands
A.B.C.D Starting IPv4 media address in a range of addresses. An IPv4 media address is a local IP address on a session border controller (SBE) interface that can be used for media arriving on the DBE.
E.F.G.H Ending IPv4 media address in a range of addresses. The ending IPv4 address must be numerically greater than the starting address.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
activate Initiates the DBE service of the SBC.
media address ipv4 Adds an individual IPv4 address to the set of addresses that can be used by the DBE as a local media address.
39-279Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address pool ipv4 port-range
media-address pool ipv4 port-range To create a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses where the class of service for the port range is any class of service, use the media-address pool ipv4 port range any command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. This pool of addresses is added to the set of local media addresses that can be used by DBE. To remove this pool of IPv4 addresses from the set of local media addresses, use the no form of this command.
media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H port range min-port max-port {any | video | voice }
no media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H port range min-port max-port {any | video | voice }
Syntax Description
Command Default min-port = 16,384
max-port = 32,767
Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 for any class of service:
host1/Admin# configure
A.B.C.D Starting IPv4 media address in a range of addresses. An IPv4 media address is a local IP address on a session border controller (SBE) interface that can be used for media arriving on the DBE.
E.F.G.H Ending IPv4 media address in a range of addresses. The ending IPv4 address must be numerically greater than the starting address.
min-port The starting port number of the range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the min-port value specified must be less than or equal to the max-port value specified. If a min-port value is not configured, the default value is 16384.
max-port The ending port number of the range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the max-port value specified must be greater than or equal to the min-port value specified. If a max-port value is not configured, the default value is 32767.
any Configures the port range applies to any class of service.
video Configures the port range applies to video class of service.
voice Configures the port range applies to voice class of service.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-280Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address pool ipv4 port-range
host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20 port-range 10000 20000 any
The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 where the class of service for the port range is video:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20 port-range 10000 20000 video
The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 where the class of service for the port range is voice:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20 port-range 10000 20000 voice
Related Commands Command Description
media-address pool ipv4 Creates a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses.
39-281Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address pool ipv4 vrf
media-address pool ipv4 vrf To create a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses, use the media-address pool ipv4 vrf command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. To remove such a pool of addresses from the set of local media addresses, use the no form of this command.
media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H vrf vrfname
no media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H vrf vrfname
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines This pool of addresses is added to the set of local media addresses that can be used by DBE. Ending address must be numerically higher than the starting address.
Examples The following commands add addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 to the address pool for the vrf named vpn1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address pool ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20 vrf vpn1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit
Related Commands
A.B.C.D Starting IPv4 media address in a range of addresses. An IPv4 media address is a local IP address on a session border controller (SBE) interface that can be used for media arriving on the DBE.
E.F.G.H Ending IPv4 media address in a range of addresses. The ending IPv4 address must be numerically greater than the starting address.
vrfname (Optional) Name of the VRF instance associated with the IP addresses. If the vrf keyword is specified, the vrfname argument must be specified.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBC and enters into DBE-SBE configuration mode.
39-282Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address pool ipv4 vrf port-range
media-address pool ipv4 vrf port-range To configure a media address pool for a signaling pinhole that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses, use the media-address pool ipv4 vrf port-range signaling command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. To remove such a pool of addresses from the set of local media addresses, use the no form of this command.
media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H vrf vrf-name port-range{min-port max-port { any | signaling | video | voice }
no media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H vrf vrf-name port-range{min-port max-port { any | signaling | video | voice }
Syntax Description
Command Default min-port = 16,384
max-port = 32,767
Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
A.B.C.D Starting IPv4 media address in a range of addresses. An IPv4 media address is a local IP address on a session border controller (SBE) interface that can be used for media arriving on the DBE.
E.F.G.H Ending IPv4 media address in a range of addresses. The ending IPv4 address must be numerically greater than the starting address.
vrf vrf-name (Optional) Name of the VRF instance associated with the IP addresses. If the vrf keyword is specified, the vrf-name argument must be specified.
port-range min-port The starting port number of the port-range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the min-port value specified must be less than or equal to the max-port value specified. If a min-port value is not configured, the default value is 16384.
port-range max-port The ending port number of the port-range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the max-port value specified must be greater than or equal to the min-port value specified. If a max-port value is not configured, the default value is 32767.
any Configures the port range applies to any class of service.
signaling Configures the port range applies to signaling class of service.
video Configures the port range applies to video class of service.
voice Configures the port range applies to voice class of service.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.00 Added signaling keyword.
39-283Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address pool ipv4 vrf port-range
Usage Guidelines This pool of addresses is added to the set of local media addresses that can be used by DBE. . Endingaddress must be numerically higher than the starting address.
If a local address or port is not specified by the MGC for a signaling pinhole, then the DBE will select an address or port from a port range identified by this class of service. If the MGC does provide an address or port, then it must fall within a port range identified by this class of service.
Examples The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 associated with vrf test for any class of service:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20 vrf test port-range 10000 20000 any
The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 associated with vrf test where the class of service for the port range is voice:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20 vrf test port-range 10000 20000 voice
The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 associated with vrf test where the class of service for the port range is video:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20 vrf test port-range 10000 20000 video
The following example creates a port range of 5000 to 6000as a signaling pinhole:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.10 port-range 5000 6000 signalinghost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address pool ipv4 10.10.10.10 10.10.10.20 port-range 5000 6000 signalinghost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address pool ipv4 10.10.10.10. 10.10.10.20 vrf vrf1 port-range 5000 6000 signaling
39-284Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address pool ipv4 vrf port-range
Related Commands Command Description
media-address pool ipv4 vrf port-range any Create a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses where the class of service for the port range is any class of service.
media-address pool ipv4 vrf port-range video Create a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses where the class of service for the port range is video.
39-285Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-bypass
media-bypassTo configure the H.323 or SIP adjacency to allow media traffic to bypass the DBE, use the media-bypass command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.
media-bypass
no media-bypass
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
When configured, media traffic for calls originating and terminating on this adjacency flows directly between the endpoints and does not pass through the DBE. When deconfigured, media traffic must always pass through a gateway.
Examples The following example shows how to allow media traffic for the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to bypass a gateway:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# media-bypass
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-286Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-bypass-forbid
media-bypass-forbidTo configure the H.323 or SIP adjacency to forbid media traffic to bypass the DBE, use the media-bypass-forbid command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default state, use the no form of this command.
media-bypass-forbid
no media-bypass-forbid
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set media traffic for the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to bypass a gateway:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# media-bypass-forbid
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service
39-287Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-gateway
media-gatewayTo configure a media gateway, use the media-gateway command in SBE configuration mode. To remove a media gateway configuration, use the no form of this command.
media-gateway ipv4 A.B.C.D
no media-gateway ipv4 A.B.C.D
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to access media gateway submode from where you configure a media gateway.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# media-gateway ipv4 10.0.0.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-mg)#
Examples
ipv4 A.B.C.D Specifies the IPv4 media gateway address.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
codecs Configures the codecs supported by the media gateway.
show services sbc sbe media-gateway-associations
Displays a list of known media gateways with an active association.
transcoder Configures the media gateway as a transcoder.
39-288Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-late-to-early-iw
media-late-to-early-iwTo configure late-to-early media interworking (iw), use the media-late-to-early-iw command in Adjacency SIP configuration mode. To disable the configuration, use the no form of this command.
media-late-to-early-iw {incoming | outgoing}
no media-late-to-early-iw {incoming | outgoing}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure late-to-early media iw for calls from caller on this adjacency.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# media-late-to-early-iw incoming
Examples
incoming Enable late-to-early media iw for calls from caller on this adjacency.
outgoing Enable late-to-early media iw for calls to callee on this adjacency.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-289Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-timeout
media-timeoutTo configure the time that the DBE should wait since the last media packet has been received on a call, before determining that the call has ceased and clearing up the call resources and signaling the SBE to do the same, use the media-timeout command in DBE configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.
media-timeout {timeout}
no media-timeout {timeout}
Syntax Description
Command Default Timeout: 30 seconds
Command Modes DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines If a configuration is loaded on top of an active configuration, warnings are generated to notify that the configuration cannot be modified. If you must modify the entire configuration by loading a new one, please remove the existing configuration first.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the DBE to wait 10 seconds after receiving the last media packet before cleaning up the call resources:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-timeout 10host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit
Related Commands
timeout Maximum time, in seconds, a DBE should wait since the last media packet has been received on a call, before determining that the call has ceased and before clearing up the call resources and signaling the SBE to do the same. The range is from 0 to 4294967295.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
media-address Configures a DBE IPv4 or IPv6 media address or media address pool.
39-290Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands method
methodTo add a method with a specified name to a SIP message profile, use the method command in the SIP method-profile mode. To remove the method from the profile, use the no form of this command.
method method-name
no method method-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SIP method-profile configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the method command adds a method test to the method profile MyProfile:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip method-profile MyProfilehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth)# method test
method name Specifies the name of the method added to the method profile. Valid names are 1 to 32 characters in length (inclusive) and are case-sensitive.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-291Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands method packetcable-em
method packetcable-emTo enable the packet-cable billing method, use the method packetcable-em in the SBE billing configuration mode. To disable the packet-cable billing method, use the no form of this command.
method packetcable-em
no method packetcable-em
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE billing configuration (config-sbc-sbe-billing)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to enable the packet-cable billing method:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe(config-sbc-sbe)# billing(config-sbc-sbe-billing)# method packetcable-em
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
activate (radius) Activates the billing functionality after configuration is committed.
billing Configures billing.
ldr-check Configures the time of day (local time) to run the Long Duration Check (LDR).
local-address ipv4 Configures the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR.
packetcable-em transport radius
Configures a packet-cable billing instance.
show services sbc sbe billing remote
Displays the local and billing configurations.
39-292Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-dst-number-table
na-dst-number-table To enter the submode of configuration of a number analysis table within the context of an SBE policy set, use the na-dst-number-table command in SBE rtgpolicy mode. Use the no form of this command to destroy the number analysis table.
na-dst-number-table table-name
no na-dst-number-table table-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE rtgpolicy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines The entries of this table match against the whole dialed number. If necessary, a new number analysis table is created. You may not change the configuration of tables in the context of the active policy set.
A number analysis table may not be destroyed if it is in the context of the active policy set.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command creates the NA table MyNaTable with entries matching against the whole dialed number:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-number-table MyNaTable (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# exit(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# exit
Related Commands
table-name Name of the number analysis table you are creating or of an existing table you are configuring.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
39-293Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-dst-number-table
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
no active-call-policy-set
Deconfigures the active routing policy set.
entry Enters the mode for configuring an entry in a number analysis table, creating the table, if necessary.
Command Description
39-294Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-dst-number-attr-table
na-dst-number-attr-table To enter the submode of configuration of a number analysis table within the context of an SBE policy set, use the na-dst-number-attr-table command in NA-DST-number-table configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to destroy the number analysis table.
na-dst-number-attr-table table-name
no na-dst-number-attr-table table-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines The entries of this table match against the carrier ID. If necessary, a new number analysis table is created.You may not change the configuration of tables in the context of the active policy set.
A number analysis table may not be destroyed if it is in the context of the active policy set.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command enters the submode of configuration of a number analysis table na-table within the context of an SBE policy set.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# mySbc sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin#(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-number-attr-table na-tablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)#
Related Commands
table-name Name of the number analysis table you are creating or of an existing table you are configuring.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
39-295Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-dst-number-attr-table
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
entry Enters the mode for configuring an entry in a number analysis table, creating the table, if necessary.
Command Description
39-296Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-dst-prefix-table
na-dst-prefix-table To enter the mode in which to configure a number analysis table, with numbers that match the prefix of the dialed number within an SBE policy set, use the na-dst-prefix-table command in SBE rtgpolicy mode. Use the no form of this command to destroy the number analysis table.
na-dst-prefix-table table-name
no na-dst-prefix-table table-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example illustrates the use of the na-dst-prefix-table command to create a number analysis table called MyNaTable.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-prefix-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)#
Related Commands
table-name Name of the number analysis table you are creating or of an existing table you are configuring.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
entry Enters the mode for configuring an entry in a number analysis table, creating the table, if necessary.
39-297Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-src-account-table
na-src-account-tableTo enter the mode for configuring a number analysis table within an SBE policy set, with entries that match the source account, use the na-src-account-table command in the SBE routing policy mode. Use the no form of this command to destroy the table.
na-src-account-table table-name
no na-src-account-table table-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following commands enter the submode for the NA table MyNaTable, or if it does not already exist, it creates it.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-src-account-table MyNaTable
Related Commands
table-name Name of the number analysis table within an SBE policy set, with entries matching the source account.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
entry Enters the mode for configuring an entry in a number analysis table, creating the table, if necessary.
39-298Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-src-adjacency-table
na-src-adjacency-tableTo enter the submode of configuration of a number analysis table within the context of an SBE policy set, use the na-src-adjacency-table command in SBE routing policy mode. The no form of this command destroys the number analysis table.
na-src-adjacency-table table-name
no na-src-adjacency-table table-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines The entries of this table match against the source adjacency. If necessary, a new number analysis table is created. You may not change the configuration of tables in the context of the active policy set. A number analysis table may not be destroyed if it is in the context of the active policy set.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following commands enter the submode for the NA table MyNaTable with entries matching against the whole dialed number:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-src-adjacency-table MyNaTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# exit
Related Commands
table-name Name of the number analysis table within an SBE policy set, with entries matching the source account.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
39-299Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-src-adjacency-table
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
entry Enters the mode for configuring an entry in a number analysis table, creating the table, if necessary.
Command Description
39-300Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands nat
natTo configure a SIP adjacency to assume that all endpoints are behind a NAT device, use the nat command in the SIP adjacency mode. To deconfigure this feature on the SIP adjacency, use the no form of this command.
nat {force-on | force-off}
no nat {force-on | force-off}
Syntax Description
Command Default The SBC autodetects whether all the endpoints are behind a NAT device.
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the nat force-on command is used to configure the SIP adjacency to assumes that all endpoints are behind a NAT device:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# nat force-on
Related Commands
force-on Sets the SIP adjacency to assume that all endpoints are behind a NAT device.
force-off Sets the SIP adjacency to assume that the endpoints are not behind a NAT device.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-301Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands network-id
network-idTo configure the network ID, use the network-id command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the network ID, use the no form of this command.
network-id id
no network-id
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set the network ID to 88888:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# network-id 88888
Related Commands
id Specifies the eight-digit network ID. Range is 0 to 99999.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
39-302Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands option
optionTo add an option to a profile, use the option command in SIP option mode. Use the no form of this command to remove an existing option from this profile.
option opt-name
no option opt-name
Syntax Description
Command Default The global default is used.
Command Modes SIP option (sip-opt)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command:
Examples The following example shows how to add an option to the profile.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc sanity host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip option-profile optpr1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-opt)# option opt1
Related Commands
opt-name Name of option.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
option-profile Sets the adjacency to use the specified profile for white/blacklisting options.
39-303Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands option-profile
option-profileTo set the adjacency to use the specified profile for white/blacklisting options, use the option-profile command. Use the no form of the command to select the default global configuration.
option-profile [ua | proxy] [inbound | outbound] [ prof-name | default]
no option-profile [ua | proxy] [inbound | outbound] [ prof-name | default]
Syntax Description
Command Default The global default is used.
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines User agent (UA) profiles are applied to Supported and Require headers. Proxy profiles are applied to Proxy-Require headers.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set the adjacency to use the specified profile for white/blacklisting options:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc sanity host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)#
host1/Admin(config)# sbc test sbe adjacency sip Adj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# option-profile ua inbound OP1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# exit
Related Commands
ua Sets the SIP ua header profiles.
proxy Sets the SIP proxy header profiles.
inbound Sets the inbound SIP header profiles.
outbound Sets the outbound SIP header profiles.
prof-name Name of profile to use.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-304Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands outbound-flood-rate
outbound-flood-rateTo configure the maximum desired rate of outbound request signals on this adjacency (excluding ACK/PRACK requests) in signals per second, use the outbound-flood-rate command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to disable flood protection.
outbound-flood-rate rate
no outbound-flood-rate
Syntax Description
Command Default No flood protection.
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum desired rate of outbound request signals on this adjacency to 1,000 signals per second:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipAdj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# outbound-flood-rate 1000host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)#
Related Commands
rate Desired rate of outbound request signals in signals per second.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-305Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands overload-time-threshold
overload-time-threshold To configure the threshold for media gateway (MG) overload control detection, use the overload-time-threshold command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. This threshold defines the maximum delay allowed by an SBC that has subscribed to overload control events for the DBE to add a new flow. If the threshold is exceeded, the DBE generates an overload event notification. To reset the threshold value to its default value of 100 milliseconds, use the no form of this command.
overload-time-threshold time
no overload-time-threshold
Syntax Description
Command Default If a time threshold value is not configured, the default value is 100 milliseconds.
Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines If an SBC has subscribed for overload control events, the DBE outputs an overload event notification for every request to add a new flow whose execution takes longer than this threshold.
Examples The following example configures the threshold for media gateway (MG) overload control detections with a value of 400 milliseconds:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# dbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# overload-time-threshold 400
Related Commands
time The time threshold in milliseconds. The possible values are 0 to 0-2000000000.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
dbe Enters into DBE-SBE configuration mode.
39-306Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands packetcable-em transport radius
packetcable-em transport radiusTo configure a packet-cable billing instance, use the packetcable-em transport radius command in the SBE billing configuration mode. To disable the packet-cable billing instance, use the no form of this command.
packetcable-em method-index transport radius RADIUS-client-name
no packetcable-em method-index transport radius RADIUS-client-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values.
Command Modes SBE billing configuration (config-sbc-sbe-billing)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command creates the NA table MyNaTable with entries matching against the whole dialed number:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe(config-sbc-sbe)# billing(config-sbc-sbe-billing)# packetcable-em 4 transport radius test(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)#
Related Commands
method-index Specifies the packetcable billing instance. The range is 0 to 7.
RADIUS-client-name The RADIUS client name. The maximum size is 80 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
activate (radius) Activates the billing functionality after configuration is committed.
billing Configures billing.
ldr-check Configures the time of day (local time) to run the Long Duration Check (LDR).
local-address ipv4 Configures the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR.
39-307Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands packetcable-em transport radius
method packetcable-em
Enable the packet-cable billing method.
show services sbc sbe billing remote
Displays the local and billing configurations.
Command Description
39-308Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands parameter
parameter To add a parameter with a specified name to a SIP message profile, use the parameter command in SBE SIP parameter-profile configuration mode. To remove the method from the profile, use the no form of this command.
parameter {parameter name}
no parameter {parameter name}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SIP parameter-profile configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
If a configuration is loaded on top of an active configuration, warnings are generated to notify that the configuration cannot be modified. If you must modify the entire configuration by loading a new one, please remove the existing configuration first.
Examples The following example shows how the parameter command adds a parameter named user to the parameter profile MyProfile:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip parameter-profile MyProfilehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm)# parameter userhost1/Admin#(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm-ele)# action add-not-present value phone
Related Commands
parameter name Name of the parameter added to the parameter profile. Valid names are 1 to 32 characters in length (inclusive) and are case-sensitive.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
action Configures the action to take in a profile.
parameter-profile Configures a parameter profile.
39-309Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands parameter-profile
parameter-profileTo add a parameter profile associated with a header, use the parameter-profile command in SBE configuration mode. To remove the parameter profile, use the no form of this command.
parameter-profile profile-name
no parameter-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SIP header configuration element (config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to add a parameter profile to the header element fo a header profile:
host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile headerprof1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)# header Tohost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele)# parameter-profile parmprof1
Related Commands
profile name Name of the parameter profile.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sip method-profile Configures a method-profile.
sip header-profile Configures a header profile.
39-310Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands pass-body
pass-bodyTo permit SIP message bodies to pass through [for non-vital SIP methods accepted by a method profile] in the SIP method profile mode of an SBE entity, use the pass-body command in SIP method configuration mode. To remove the message bodies out of non-vital SIP messages accepted by the method profile, use the no form of this command.
pass-body
no pass-body
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default By default, the message bodies are removed out of non-vital SIP messages.
Command Modes SIP method-profile configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the pass-body command permits SIP message bodies to pass through for non-vital SIP methods accepted by method profile test1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip method-profile test1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth)# pass-body
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sip method-profile Configures a method-profile.
39-311Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands passthrough
passthroughTo configure the passthrough header in non-REGISTER requests, use the passthrough command in the adjacency SIP configuration mode. To deconfigure the passthrough header in non-REGISTER requests, use the no form of this command.
passthrough {from | to} header
no passthrough {from | to} header
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the passthrough command is used to configure the passthrough header for non-REGISTER requests:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# passthrough from headerhost1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# passthrough to header
Related Commands
from Configures the from header.
to Configures the to header.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-312Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ping-enable
ping-enableTo configure the adjacency to poll its remote peer by sending SIP OPTIONS pings to it and to enter the ping option submode, use the ping-enable command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to disable polling the remote peer for the adjacency.
ping-enable
no ping-enable
Syntax Description
Command Default Options pings are disabled by default.
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the adjacency to poll its remote peer by sending SIP OPTIONS pings:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipAdj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# ping-enablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)#
Related Commands
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-313Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ping-fail-count
ping-fail-countTo configure the number of consecutive pings that must fail before the adjacencies peer is deemed to be unavailable, use the ping-fail-count command in ping option mode. Use the no form of this command to set the fail count to default.
ping-fail-count fail-count
no ping-fail-count
Syntax Description
Command Default fail-count = 3
Command Modes Ping option (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the number of consecutive pings that must fail before the adjacencies peer is deemed to be unavailable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipAdj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# ping-enablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)# ping-fail-count 10host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)#
fail-count The number of consecutive failures before the peer is deemed to be unavailable. The possible values are 1 to 4294967295.
Note that this does not apply to the converse, that is, if an endpoint has been marked as unavailable, it only takes a single successful ping to mark it as available again.
This field may be changed while active, though this will not take effect until the the next ping transaction completes, and will not retroactively cause a peer marked as unavailable to become available again without a subsequent successful ping response.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-314Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ping-fail-count
Related Commands Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-315Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ping-interval
ping-intervalTo configure the interval between SIP OPTIONS pings which are sent to the remote peer, use the ping-interval command in ping option mode. Use the no form of this command to set the interval to default.
ping-interval interval
no ping-interval
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is 32 seconds.
Command Modes Ping option (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the interval between SIP OPTIONS pings that are sent to the remote peer to 100 seconds:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipAdj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# ping-enablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)# ping-interval 100host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)#
Related Commands
interval The number of seconds. The possible values are 1 to 2147483.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-316Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ping-lifetime
ping-lifetimeTo configure the duration for which SBC waits for a response to an options ping for the adjacency, use the ping-lifetime command in ping option mode. Use the no form of this command to set the duration to default.
ping-lifetime duration
no ping-lifetime
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is 32 seconds.
Command Modes Ping option (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)
Command History
Usage Guidelines If no response is received in the duration time, then the ping is deemed to have failed.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the duration for which SBC waits for a response to an options ping for the adjacency to 100 seconds:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipAdj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# ping-enablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)# ping-lifetime 100host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)#
Related Commands
duration The number of seconds.The possible values are 1 to 2147483.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-317Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands port (server)
port (server)To configure the port that the RADIUS server will use to receive Access-Request or Accounting-Request packets, use the port command in the appropriate configuration mode. Use the no form of the command to disregard the configuration.
port port-num
no port
Syntax Description
Command Default Access-Request packets use default port 1812.
Accounting-Request packets use default port 1813.
Command Modes RADIUS accounting configuration (config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)
RADIUS authentication configuration (config-sbc-sbe-auth-ser)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure authentication server acctsvr to use port 1009 on mySbc for the authentication RADIUS client instance:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius authenticationhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-auth)# server acctsvrhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-auth-ser)# port 1009
Related Commands
port-num Specifies the port where the RADIUS server receives access-request packets. Range is 1 to 65535.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
server Enters a submode for configuring ordered lists of RADIUS accounting servers.
39-318Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands port (SBE H.248)
port (SBE H.248)To configure an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 port for H.248 communications when acting as a media gateway controller, use the port command in H.248 control address mode. To delete a given IPv4 H.248 port, use the no form of this command.
port port-number
no port port-number
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes H.248 control address (config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure an SBE to use port 2000:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# control address h248 index 0host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)# ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)# port 2000
Related Commands
port-number Specifies the listening port number. The range is from 1 to 9999.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
control address h248 index
Selects index value and enters H.248 control address mode.
ipv4 (SBE H.248) Configures an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 control address.
transport (SBE H.248) Configures an SBE to use a certain transport for H.248 communications.
39-319Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands preferred-transport
preferred-transportTo set the preferred transport protocol for SIP signaling on an adjacency, use the preferred-transport command in adjacency SIP configuration mode.
preferred-transport {tcp | udp}
no preferred-transport
Syntax Description
Command Default Adjacencies use UDP by default.
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command sets the preferred transport of the SipAdj1 adjacency to TCP:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipAdj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# preferred-transport tcphost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# exit
Related Commands
tcp Sets the preferred transport to TCP.
udp Sets the preferred transport to UDP.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-320Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands precedence
precedence To configure the precedence of the routing entry, use the precedence command in RTG routing table entry configuration mode. To t, use the no form of this command.
precedence precedence
no precedence precedence
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is 0.
Command Modes RTG routing table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines If more than one entry matches the current time, selection is based on precedence.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure an SBE to use port 2000:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-category-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# precedence 0host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# end
Related Commands
precedence Range: [0-0xFFFFFFFF]. A value of 0 means the entry will never be matched.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
entry Creates or modifies an entry in a table.
39-321Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands prefix
prefixTo configure whether the match-address of this entry matches the start of the source or destination address, use the prefix command in the routing table configuration mode. To delete the match-type in the routing table, use the no form of this command.
prefix
no prefix
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default By default, the match-address is not be denoted as a prefix.
Command Modes Routing table entry (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure an entry to match dialed numbers starting with 9:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-dst-address-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-address 9host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# prefix
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
entry Creates or modifies an entry in a table.
39-322Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands priority
priorityTo configure the priority of the accounting or authentication server, use the priority command in the appropriate configuration mode. To disable any previously set priority, use the no form of this command.
priority pri
no priority
Syntax Description
Command Default By default, this command assumes that pri is 1.
Command Modes Server accounting (config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)
Server authentication (config-sbc-sbe-auth)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
The priority determines which of the configured servers is selected as the default server and where all requests are sent. A RADIUS client contacts the RADIUS servers sequentially, in order of priority, to establish an active RADIUS session. Each RADIUS client sends call detail records to the currently active RADIUS server.
Examples The following example shows how to configure accounting servers acctsvr as priority 1 and acctsvr2 as priority 2 on mySbc for RADIUS client instance radius1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting radius1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server acctsvrhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# priority 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server acctsvr2host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# priority 2
Related Commands
pri Specifies the priority. Range is 1 to 10.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
radius Creates and configures a RADIUS client for accounting or authentication purposes.
39-323Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands priority (rsrc-pri)
priority (rsrc-pri)To configure the priority to associate with the Resource-Priority SIP header, use the priority command in the Resource-Priority SIP header configuration mode. To disable any previously set priority, use the no form of this command.
priority {critical | flash | flash-override | immediate | priority | routine}
no priority {critical | flash | flash-override | immediate | priority | routine}
Syntax Description
Command Default By default, this command assumes that the priority is routine.
Command Modes Resource-Priority SIP header (config-sbc-sbe-rsrc-pri-set-rsrc-pri)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure a critical priority to associate with the Resource-Priority SIP header:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# resource-priority-set dsnhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rsrc-pri-set)# resource-priority dsn.flash host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rsrc-pri-set-rsrc-pri)# priority criticalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rsrc-pri-set-rsrc-pri)#
Related Commands
critical Applies critical priority label (highest level).
flash Applies flash priority label.
flash-override Applies flash-override priority label.
immediate Applies immediate priority label.
priority Applies priority priority label.
routine Applies routine priority label (lowest level).
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
resource-priority-set Establishes the resource priority set to be used with the specified SIP adjacency in the mode of an SBE entity.
39-324Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands privacy restrict outbound
privacy restrict outboundTo configure an H.323 adjacency to apply privacy restriction on outbound messages if the user requests it, use the privacy restrict outbound command in the adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To disallow privacy restriction on outbound messages sent out by the adjacency, use the no form of this command.
privacy restrict outbound
no privacy restrict outbound
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values.
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the privacy restrict outbound command is used to configure an H.323 adjacency to apply privacy restriction on outbound messages if a user requests it:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp422host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-h323)# privacy restrict outbound
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
allow private info Configures an H.323 adjacency to allow private information on messages sent out by the H.323 adjacency.
39-325Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands qos sig
qos sigTo configure a signaling QoS profile, use the qos sig command in SBE configuration mode. To destroy the given profile, use the no form of this command.
qos sig qos-name
no qos sig qos-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how qos sig command enters the submode for configuring a signaling QoS profile residential:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos sig residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sig)# exit
Related Commands
qos-name Specifies the name of an existing QoS profile. The string default is reserved.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
qos video Configures a video QoS profile.
qos voice Configures a voice QoS profile.
39-326Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands qos video
qos videoTo configure a video QoS profile, use the qos video command in the SBE configuration mode. To destroy the given profile, use the no form of this command
qos video qos-name
no qos video qos-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to enter the submode for configuring a video QoS profile named residential:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos video residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-video)# exit
Related Commands
qos-name Specifies the QoS profile. The string default is reserved.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
qos sig Configures a signaling QoS profile.
qos voice Configures a voice QoS profile.
39-327Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands qos voice
qos voiceTo configure a voice QoS profile, use the qos voice command in SBE configuration mode. To destroy the given profile, use the no form of this command.
qos voice qos-name
no qos voice qos-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to enter the submode for configuring a voice QoS profile named residential:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos voice residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-voice)# exit
Related Commands
qos-name Specifies the QoS profile. The string default is reserved.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
qos sig Configures a signaling QoS profile.
qos video Configures a video QoS profile.
39-328Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands radius
radiusTo create and configuring a RADIUS client for accounting or authentication purposes, use the radius command in SBE configuration mode. To delete the RADIUS client, use the no form of this command.
radius [accounting client-name | authentication]
no radius [accounting client-name | authentication]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Each named client maintains a list of servers consisting of one active server and a set of standby servers. The list is traversed by the client in order of configured priority. An SBC instance can be configured with multiple clients (each with its own ordered set of servers) if call detail reports (CDRs) must be sent to multiple RADIUS servers simultaneously. CDRs are sent by the client to the currently active server. If the active server cannot be contacted, a standby server is used.
Examples The following example shows how to create a RADIUS client instance called radius1 and enables client authentication:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting radius1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius authentication host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-auth)# exit
accounting Enables client accounting.
client-name The name to assign to the accounting RADIUS client.
authentication Enables client authentication.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-329Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands radius
Related Commands Command Description
retry-interval Sets the retry interval to connect to the RADIUS server.
retry-limit Sets the retry interval to the RADIUS server.
concurrent-requests Sets the maximum number of concurrent requests to the RADIUS server.
activate Activates the RADIUS client.
39-330Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands range value
range valueTo map a range of response codes to a response code, use the range command in the SIP method-profile map-status-coding configuration mode. To destroy the mapping, use the no form of this command.
range statuscoderange value statuscodevalue
no range statuscoderange value statuscodevalue
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SIP method-profile map-status-coding configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth-ele-map)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the method command adds a method test to the method profile MyProfile:
Router/Admi# configureRouter/Admi(config)# sbc testRouter/Admi(config-sbc)# sbeRouter/Admi(config-sbc-sbe)# sip method-profile mthdprof1Router/Admi(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth)# method INVITERouter/Admi(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth-ele)# map-status-code Router/Admi(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth-ele-map)# range 333 value 500
statuscoderange The range of response codes specified by a three-digit number where the first digit has the range 0-6, the second digit has the range 0-9/X, and the third digit has the range 0-9/X. X is a wild card.
value
statuscodevalue The response code the range is mapped to specified by a three-digit number where the first digit has the range 0-6, the second digit has the range 0-9 and the third digit has the range 0-9.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-331Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ras retry
ras retryTo configure an H.323 Registration, Admission, and Status (RAS) retry count for an RAS transaction type, use the ras retry command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default value for the specified RAS transaction type, use the no form of this command.
ras retry {arq | brq | drq | grq | rrq | urq} value
no ras retry {arq | brq | drq | grq | rrq | urq} value
Syntax Description
Command Default The default values are 2 for all except URQ which is 1.
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the ras retry command configures an H.323 RAS retry count in Adjacency H.323 configuration mode:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# ras retry arq 5
The following example shows how the ras retry command configures an H.323 RAS retry count in H.323 configuration mode:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc
arq Specifies an admission request (ARQ) transaction.
brq Specifies a bandwidth request (BRQ) transaction.
drq Specifies a disengage request (DRQ) transaction.
grq Specifies a gatekeeper request (GRQ) transaction.
rrq Specifies anregistration request (RRQ) transaction.
urq Specifies a unregistration request (URQ) transaction.
value Specifies the retry count value. Valid values are 0 to 30.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-332Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ras retry
host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# h323host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# ras retry arq 5
39-333Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ras rrq
ras rrqTo configure the registration request (RRQ), use the ras rrq command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
ras rrq {keepalive | ttl} value
no ras rrq {keepalive | ttl} value
Syntax Description
Command Default The default keepalive value is 45000 milliseconds.
The default ttl value is 2 seconds.
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the ras rrq command configures H.323 RAS RRQ in adjacency H.323 configuration mode:
host1/Admin#configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# ras rrq ttl 100host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# ras rrq keepalive 60
The following example shows how the ras rrq command configures RAS RRQ in H.323 configuration mode:
host1/Admin#configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe
keepalive Specifies keepalive messages used to refresh an H.323 adjacency.
ttl Specifies time to live (TTL) for an RRQ request.
value Specifies the keepalive or ttl value. Valid values for keepalive are from 15000 to 150000 milliseconds. Valid values for ttl are from 16 to 300 seconds.
The ttl value must be higher than the keepalive value.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-334Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ras rrq
host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# h323host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# ras rrq ttl 100host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# ras rrq keepalive 60
39-335Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ras timeout
ras timeoutTo configure an H.323 RAS timeout interval, use the ras timeout command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
ras timeout {arq | brq | drq | grq | rrq | urq} value
no ras timeout {arq | brq | drq | grq | rrq | urq} value
Syntax Description
Command Default The default values vary depending on the transaction type.
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the ras timeout command configures an H.323 RAS timeout interval in adjacency H.323 configuration mode.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# ras timeout arq 1
The following example shows how the ras timeout command configures an H.323 RAS timeout interval in H.323 configuration mode.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc
arq Specifies ARQ transaction.
brq Specifies BRQ transaction.
drq Specifies DRQ transaction.
grq Specifies GRQ transaction.
rrq Specifies RRQ transaction.
urq Specifies URQ transaction.
value Specifies timeout value (seconds). Valid values are from 1000 to 45000 milliseconds.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-336Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ras timeout
host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# h323host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# ras timeout arq 1
39-337Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands reason
reasonTo enter a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source (a port, IP address, VPN, global address space), use the reason command in SBE blacklist mode. The no form of this command, returns the event to its previous values.
reason {event | description}
no reason
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE blacklist (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)
Command History
Usage Guidelines This field can only take the explicit strings described in the Syntax Description.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows the use of the reason command in context:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 125.12.12.15host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# reason authentication-failure
event The event type that should trigger the limit can be defined as any of the following:
• authentication-failure—Requests that fail to be authenticated.
• bad-address—Packets from unexpected addresses.
• corrupt-message—Signaling packets that are corrupt and cannot be decoded.
• endpoint-registration—Endpoint registrations.
• policy-rejection—Requests that are rejected by the configured policy.
• routing-failure—Requests that fail to be routed onward by SBC.
description Helpful description of an event that should trigger blacklisting.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-338Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands reason
Related Commands Command Description
trigger-size Defines the number of the specified events from the specified source that are allowed before the blacklisting is triggered, and blocks all packets from the source.
trigger-period Defines the period over which events are considered. For details, see the description of the trigger-size command.
timeout Defines the length of time that packets from the source are blocked, should the limit be exceeded.
show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits
Lists the explicitly configured limits, showing only the sources configured. Any values not explicitly defined for each source are in brackets.
show services sbc sbe blacklist source
Lists the limits in force for a particular source (whether they are from defaults or explicitly configured) in a form in which they can be entered into the CLI. Also listed are any defaults for a smaller scope configured at this address. Values not explicitly configured (and therefore inherited from other defaults) are bracketed.
show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting
Lists the limits causing sources to be blacklisted.
39-339Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands record-media-create-info
record-media-create-infoTo activate support for media information support in billing, use the record-media-create-info command in SBE billing configuration mode. To disable support, use the no form of this command.
record-media-create-info
no record-media-create-info
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default By default, this is disabled.
Command Modes SBE billing configuration (config-sbc-sbe-billing)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to activate the billing functionality after configuration is committed:
host1/Admin/Admin# configurehost1/Admin/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billinghost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-billing)# record-media-create-info
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
billing Configures billing.
ldr-check Configures the time of day (local time) to run the Long Duration Check (LDR).
local-address ipv4 Configures the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR.
method packetcable-em
Enables the packet-cable billing method.
packetcable-em transport radius
Configures a packet-cable billing instance.
show services sbc sbe billing instance
Displays whether media creation information is enabled in the billing message for a specific billing instance.
39-340Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands record-media-create-info
show services sbc sbe billing instances
Displays whether media creation information is enabled in the billing message for all billing instances.
show services sbc sbe billing remote
Displays the local and billing configurations.
Command Description
39-341Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands redirect-limit
redirect-limitTo configure the maximum number of redirections that SBC performs on a call, use the redirect-limit command in SBE configuration mode. The no form of this command returns the adjacency to the default behavior.
redirect-limit limit
no redirect-limit limit
Syntax Description
Command Default The default number of redirections is 2.
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of SIP 3xx retries as 4:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# redirect-limit 4
Related Commands
limit Specifies the maximum number of SIP 3xx retry attempts. The range is 0 to 200.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sbe Configures the submode of the SBE entity within an SBC service.
39-342Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands redirect-mode
redirect-modeTo configure the behavior of SBC on receipt of a 3xx response to an invite from the SIP adjacency, use the redirect-mode command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. The no form of this command returns the adjacency to the default behavior.
redirect-mode {pass-through | recurse}
no redirect-mode {pass-through | recurse}
Syntax Description
Command Default pass-through
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to resend an invite to the first listed contact address or else pass the 3xx responses back to the sender:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip test1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# redirect-mode recursehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)#
Related Commands
pass-through Passes all 3xx responses back to the caller.
recurse On 300, 301, 302, and 305 invite responses, the SBC resends the invite to the first listed contact address, or else passes the 3xx responses back.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
redirect-limit Configures the maximum number of redirections SBC performs on a call.
39-343Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands registration rewrite-register
registration rewrite-registerTo configure the SIP register request rewriting, use the registration rewrite-register command in Adjacency SIP configuration mode. To deconfigure the register request rewriting, use the no form of this command.
registration rewrite-register
no registration rewrite-register
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the registration rewrite-register command configures the SIP register request rewriting on SIP adjacency SipToIsp42.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# registration rewrite-register
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-344Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands registration target address
registration target addressTo set the address to be used when an outbound SIP register request rewriting occurs, use the registration target address command in Adjacency SIP configuration mode. To remove the address, use the no form of this command.
registration target address host address
no registration target address host address
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the registration target address command sets the target address for SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 as example.com:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# registration target address example.com
Related Commands
host address Specifies the host address to use when an outbound SIP register request rewriting occurs. This parameter can be a DNS name or an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. Valid strings are from 1 to 255 characters in length.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-345Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands registration target port
registration target portTo set the port to be used when an outbound SIP REGISTER request rewriting occurs, use the registration target port command in Adjacency SIP configuration mode. To enter the default value, use the no form of this command.
registration target port port-number
no registration target port port-number
Syntax Description
Command Default Default value is 0. This cannot be directly entered.
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the registration target port command sets the port number for SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 as 5070:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# registration target port 5070
Related Commands
port-number Specifies the port number to use when an outbound SIP REGISTER request rewriting occurs. Valid values can be from 1 to 65535. If you enter the default value of 0, no port address is set.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-346Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands reg-min-expiry
reg-min-expiryTo configure the minimum registration period in seconds on the SIP adjacency, use the reg-min-expiry command in the adjacency SIP configuration mode. To enter the default value, use the no form of this command.
reg-min-expiry period
no reg-min-expiry period
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is 3000 seconds.
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines This is the minimum expiry period accepted on a subscriber registration if not fast-pathing, or the minimum-expiry period passed onward if fast-pathing is in use.
The minimum registration period cannot be changed after an adjacency has been configured. To change the minimum registration period, remove the adjacency by running no sbc sbc-name sbe adjacency sip adjacency-name command and then reconfigure the adjacency.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to enable the register minimum expiry on the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to 300 seconds:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# reg-min-expiry 300host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# exit
Related Commands
period The minimum expiry period in seconds. The range is 1 to 2000000.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-347Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands remote-address ipv4
remote-address ipv4 To configure an H.323 or SIP adjacency to restrict the set of remote signaling peers that can be contacted over the adjacency to those with the given IP address prefix, use the remote-address ipv4 command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.
To configure the remote address for vDBE H.248 controller, use the remote-address ipv4 command in the vDBE h248 mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
remote-address ipv4 ip-address ip-mask
no remote-address ipv4 ip-address ip-mask
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Adjacency H323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
VDBE H248(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)
Command History
Usage Guidelines The remote-address cannot be deleted by itself; the entire controller must be removed using the no controller h248 command.
Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into SBC-DBE configuration and VDBE configuration modes, creates an H.248 controller with index 1, enters into H248 configuration mode, and configures the remote address as 1.1.1.1 on the H.248 controller:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# controller h248 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)# remote-address ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)# exit
The following example shows how to configure the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to match calls from 36.36.36.20 to this adjacency:
host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe
ip-address ip-mask Specifies the IPv4 address and IP mask.
ip-address Specifies the IPv4 address.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-348Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands remote-address ipv4
host1/Admin((config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42
host1/Admin((config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# remote-address ipv4 36.36.36.20 255.255.255.0
Related Commands Command Description
dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBC and enters into DBE-SBE configuration mode.
vdbe Configures a VDBE and enters the VDBE configuration mode.
controller h248 Creates an H.248 controller for a DBE.
39-349Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands remote-port
remote-port To define the port to connect to on the SBE for an H.248 controller, use the remote-port command in VDBE h248 mode.
remote-port port-num
Syntax Description
Command Default The port number is 2944.
Command Modes VDBE h248 (config-sbc-dbe-h248)
Command History
Usage Guidelines The local-port and control-address are not applied until the controller is added and the remote address is configured. Also, the controller should be deleted to delete the remote ddress.
If the port is not configured, or is configured with the value zero, then the H.248 default port number, 2944, is used.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example configures the port to 2944 on the H.248 controller with index 1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# controller h248 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)# remote-port 2944host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)# exit
Related Commands
port-num This is the port number to be configured.
If the port is not configured or is configured with the value zero, then the H.248 default port number, 2944, is used.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
dbe Enters into DBE-SBE configuration mode.
vdbe Configures a virtual data border element (VDBE) and enters the VDBE configuration mode.
controller h248 Creates an H.248 controller for a DBE.
39-350Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands resource-priority
resource-priorityTo configure the priority of a resource-priority header string, use the resource-priority command in resource priority mode. To deconfigure the priority, use the no form of this command.
resource-priority value
no resource-priority value
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Resource priority (config-sbc-sbe-rsrc-pri-set)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the resource-priority command configures the priority for resource-priority header string dsn.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)#sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# resource-priority-set dsnhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rsrc-pri-set)# resource-priority dsn.flash
Related Commands
value Specifies the string value to be assigned the priority. The value must be followed by the priority as shown: value.priority.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
resource-priority-set Establishes the resource priority set to be used with the specified SIP adjacency.
39-351Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands resource-priority-set
resource-priority-setTo establish the resource priority set to be used with the specified SIP adjacency in the mode of an SBE entity, use the resource-priority-set command in adjacencySIP configuration mode. To remove the priority set, use the no form of this command.
resource-priority-set resource-priority-set-name
no resource-priority-set resource-priority-set-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the resource-priority-set command sets the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 with the resource-priority-set named dsn:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# resource-priority-set dsn
Related Commands
resource-priority-set-name Specifies the name of the resource priority set.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
resource-priority Configures the priority of a resource-priority header string.
39-352Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands retry-interval
retry-intervalTo set the interval for resending an accounting request to the Radius server, use the retry-interval command in SBE accouting mode. To set the interval to its default, use the no form of this command.
retry-interval range
no retry-interval range
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is 1200 ms.
Command Modes Server accounting (config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)
Server authentication (config-sbc-sbe-auth)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set the retry-interval to 1000 ms.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc uut105-1host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting SBC1-account-1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# retry-interval 1000
Related Commands
range Range is 10-10000 ms.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
retry-limit Sets the retry interval to the RADIUS server.
concurrent-requests Sets the maximum number of concurrent requests to the RADIUS server.
activate Activates the RADIUS client.
39-353Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands retry-limit (radius)
retry-limit (radius)To set the number of times for resending an accounting request to the Radius server, use the retry-limit command in SBE accounting mode. To set the number to its default, use the no form of this command.
retry-limit range
no retry-limit range
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is 5 retries.
Command Modes Server accounting (config-sbc-sbe-acc)
Server authentication (config-sbc-sbe-auth)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set the retry-limit to 4 attempts.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc uut105-1host1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting SBC1-account-1host1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# retry-limit 4
Related Commands
range Range for the maximun number of retries is 0-9.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
retry-interval Sets the retry interval to connect to the RADIUS server.
concurrent-requests Sets the maximum number of concurrent requests to the RADIUS server.
activate Activates the RADIUS client.
39-354Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands retry-limit (routing table)
retry-limit (routing table)To set the maximum number of routing table lookup retry attempts, use the retry-limit command in SBE configuration mode. To set the number to its default, use the no form of this command.
retry-limit 0-200
Syntax Description
Command Default The default is 3 retries.
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set the retry-limit to 4 attempts.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc uut105-1host1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# retry-limit 4
Related Commands
0-200 Range for the maximun number of retries is 0-200.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sbe Configures the submode of the SBE entity within an SBC service.
39-355Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-carrier-id-table
rtg-carrier-id-tableTo enter the configuration mode of a routing table or to create a new routing table, whose events match the carrier ID of an SBE policy set, use the rtg-carrier-id-table command in SBE rtgpolicy mode.
The no form of the command destroys the routing table. However, a routing table may not be destroyed if it is in the context of the active policy set.
rtg-carrier-id-table table-name
no rtg-carrier-id-table table-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to add the carrier ID table MyCarrierIDTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-carrier-id-table MyCarrierIDTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)#
Related Commands
table-name Name of the routing table to be configured.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
call-policy-set Enters the mode of a routing policy configuration within an SBE entity.
rtg-round-robin-table Enters the configuration mode of a policy table, with events that have no match-value parameters or next-table actions.
rtg-src-account-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the source account.
rtg-src-adjacency-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the source adjacency.
39-356Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-carrier-id-table
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
Command Description
39-357Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-category-table
rtg-category-tableTo enter the submode of configuration of a routing table whose entries match on the category within the context of an SBE policy set, use the rtg-category-table command in SBE routing call policy mode.
The no form of the command destroys the routing table. However, a routing table may not be destroyed if it is in the context of the active policy set.
rtg-category-table WORD
no rtg-category-table WORD
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines If necessary, a new routing table is created. The user is not allowed to enter the submode of routing table configuration in the context of the active policy set.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example creates the routing policy table MyRtgTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-category-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# end
Related Commands
WORD Name of the routing table to be configured.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
call-policy-set Enters the mode of a routing policy configuration within an SBE entity.
rtg-round-robin-table Enters the configuration mode of a policy table, with events that have no match-value parameters or next-table actions.
39-358Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-category-table
rtg-src-account-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the source account.
rtg-src-adjacency-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the source adjacency.
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
Command Description
39-359Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-dst-address-table
rtg-dst-address-tableTo enters the configuration mode of a routing table whose entries match on the dialed number (after number analysis) within the context of an SBE policy set, use the rtg-dst-address-table command in the SBE routing policy mode. To remove the routing table, use the no form of this command.
rtg-dst-address-table table-id
no rtg-dst-adress-table table-id
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines If necessary, a new routing table is created. The user is not allowed to enter the submode of routing table configuration in the context of the active policy set.
A routing table may not be destroyed if it is in the context of the active policy set.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command creates the routing policy table MyRtgTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-dst-address-table MyRtgTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# exit
Related Commands
table-id Specifies the name of the table.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
rtg-carrier-id-table Enters the configuration mode for creation or configuration of a routing table, with entries that match the carrier ID of an SBE call policy set.
rtg-src-domain-table Enters the configuration submode for creation or configuration of a routing table, with entries that match the source domain name of an SBE call policy set.
39-360Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-dst-address-table
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
Command Description
39-361Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-dst-domain-table
rtg-dst-domain-tableTo enter the configuration submode of a routing table with entries that match the destination domain name of an SBE policy set, use the rtg-dst-domain-table command in SBE routing policy mode. If no table exists, the command creates a new routing table.
The no form of the command deletes the routing table.
rtg-dst-domain-table table-name
no rtg-dst-domain-table table-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
You cannot delete a routing table if it is in the active policy set. You cannot enter the submode of a routing table configuration in the active policy set.
Examples The following command creates the routing policy table MyRtgTable.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-dst-domain-table MyRtgTable (host1/Adminconfig-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)#
Related Commands
table-name Name of the routing table to be configured.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
rtg-carrier-id-table Enters the configuration mode for creation or configuration of a routing table, with entries that match the carrier ID of an SBE call policy set.
rtg-src-domain-table Enters the configuration submode for creation or configuration of a routing table, with entries that match the source domain name of an SBE call policy set.
39-362Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-dst-domain-table
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
Command Description
39-363Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-least-cost-table
rtg-least-cost-tableTo configure the least-cost routing table and enter the submode of configuration of a routing table, use the rtg-least-cost-table command in SBE routing policy mode.
The no form of the command destroys the routing table. However, a routing table may not be destroyed if it is in the context of the active policy set.
rtg-least-cost-table table_name
no rtg-least-cost-table table_name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines If necessary, a new routing table is created. The user is not allowed to enter the submode of routing table configuration in the context of the active policy set.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command creates the routing policy table MyRtgTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-least-cost-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# end
Related Commands
table-name Name of the routing table to be configured. The maximum character size is 80.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
call-policy-set Enters the mode of a routing policy configuration within an SBE entity.
rtg-round-robin-table Enters the configuration mode of a policy table, with events that have no match-value parameters or next-table actions.
39-364Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-least-cost-table
rtg-src-account-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the source account.
rtg-src-adjacency-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the source adjacency.
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
Command Description
39-365Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-round-robin-table
rtg-round-robin-tableTo enter the configuration mode of a round robin policy table, use the rtg-round-robin-table command SBE routing policy mode. Use the no form of this command to delete the table.
rtg-round-robin-table table-name
no rtg-round-robin-table table-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines The actions of this command are restricted to setting destination adjacency. A group of adjacencies is chosen for an event if an entry in a routing table matches that event and points to a round-robin adjacency table in the next table action.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example show how to add the round robin routing table MyRoundRobinTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-round-robin-table MyRoundRobinTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)#
Related Commands
table-name Name of the routing table to be configured.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
rtg-src-adjacency-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the source adjacency.
39-366Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-round-robin-table
rtg-carrier-id-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the carrier ID of an SBE policy set.
rtg-src-account-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the source account.
Command Description
39-367Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-src-account-table
rtg-src-account-tableTo enter the configuration mode of an existing routing table or to create a new one, with entries that match the source account, use the rtg-src-account-table command SBE routing policy mode.
Note You cannot issue this command if the table is part of the active policy set.
The no form of the command deletes the match value of the given entry in the routing table.
rtg-src-account-table table-id
no rtg-src-account-table table-id
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table MyRtgTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-src-account-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)#
Related Commands
table-id ID of the routing table to be configured.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
rtg-src-adjacency-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the source adjacency.
39-368Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-src-account-table
rtg-round-robin-table Enters the configuration mode of a policy table, with events that have no match-value parameters or next-table actions.
rtg-carrier-id-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the carrier ID of an SBE policy set.
Command Description
39-369Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-src-address-table
rtg-src-address-table To enter the configuration mode of a routing table whose entries match on the dialer's number within the context of an SBE policy set, use the rtg-src-address-table command in SBE routing policy mode. To remove the table entry, use the no form of this command.
rtg-src-address-table table-id
no rtg-src-adress-table table-id
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command creates the routing policy table MyRtgTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-src-address-table MyRtgTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# exit
Related Commands
table-id Specifies the name of the table.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
39-370Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-src-address-table
rtg-src-account-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new table whose entries match the source account
rtg-round-robin-table Enters the configuration mode of a policy table whose events have no match-value parameters or next-table actions.
Command Description
39-371Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-src-adjacency-table
rtg-src-adjacency-tableTo enter the configuration mode of an existing routing table or to create a new table whose entries match the source adjacency, use the rtg-src-adjacency-table command in SBE routing policy mode. Use the no form of this command to delete the routing table.
rtg-src-adjacency-table table-id
no rtg-src-adjacency-table table-id
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command creates a new table, MyRtgTable, whose entries match the source adjacency.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-src-adjacency-table MyRtgTable
Related Commands
table-id ID of the routing table to be configured.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
rtg-src-account-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new table whose entries match the source account
rtg-round-robin-table Enters the configuration mode of a policy table whose events have no match-value parameters or next-table actions.
39-372Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-src-domain-table
rtg-src-domain-tableTo enter the submode of a routing table configuration, with entries that match the source domain name, use the rtg-src-domain table command in SBE routing policy mode. If no table exists, the command creates a new routing table.
Note You cannot enter the submode of a routing table configuration in the active policy set.
The no form of the command destroys the routing table.
Note You cannot destroy a routing table if it is in the active policy set.
rtg-src-domain-table table-name
no rtg-src-domain-table table-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command creates the routing policy table MyRtgTable.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-src-domain-table MyRtgTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)#
table-name Name of the number analysis table within an SBE policy set, with entries matching the source account.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-373Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-src-domain-table
Related Commands Command Description
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.
39-374Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-time-table
rtg-time-table To configure time-based routing and enter the routing table submode, use the rtg-time-table command in SBE routing call policy mode.
The no form of the command destroys the routing table. However, a routing table may not be destroyed if it is in the context of the active policy set.
rtg-time-table table_name
no rtg-time-table table_name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)
Command History
Usage Guidelines If necessary, a new routing table is created. The user is not allowed to enter the submode of routing table configuration in the context of the active policy set.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command creates the routing policy table MyRtgTable:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-time-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# end
Related Commands
table-name Name of the routing table to be configured.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
call-policy-set Enters the mode of a routing policy configuration within an SBE entity.
rtg-round-robin-table Enters the configuration mode of a policy table, with events that have no match-value parameters or next-table actions.
39-375Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-time-table
rtg-src-account-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the source account.
rtg-src-adjacency-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the source adjacency.
sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.
sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.
Command Description
39-376Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sbc
sbc To enter the submode of an SBC service (creating it if necessary), use the sbc command in EXEC mode. To delete the service, use the no form of this command.
sbc sbc-name
no sbc sbc-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behvior or values
Command Modes SBC configuation mode (config-sbc)
Command History
Examples The following command creates SBC service mySbc.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# exit
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
dbe Enters into DBE-SBE configuration mode.
39-377Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sbe
sbeTo configure the submode of the SBE entity within an SBC service, creating it if necessary, use the sbe command in EXEC mode. To destroy the SBE entity, use the no form of this command.
sbe
no sbe
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values.
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how the sbe command is used to enter the submode of the SBE entity within an SBC service:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# exit
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-378Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sdp-attribute-table
sdp-attribute-tableTo configure an SDP attribute table that lists the attributes to add or remove, use the sdp-attribute-table command in the SDP match table configuration mode. To remove the table, use the no form of this command.
sdp-attribute-table table_name
no sdp-attribute-table table_name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SDP match table (config-sbc-sbe- sdpmatchtable) configuration mode
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures the SDP username to use on generated SDPs to foo:
host1/Admin# configure host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sdp attribute-table foo
Related Commands
table_name The user name to fill in on generated SDPs.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sdp-match-table Creates an SDP match table.
action (sdp) Configures an SDP policy table action.
match-string Configures an SDP attribute matching string.
sdp-policy-table Configures an SDP policy table.
39-379Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sdp-match-table
sdp-match-tableTo create an SDP match table, use the sdp-match-table command in mode. To remove the table, use the no form of this command.
sdp-match-table table_name
no sdp-policy-table table_name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines One policy can only hold one sdp-match-table.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures the SDP match table foo:
host1/Admin# configure host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sdp-match-table foo
Related Commands
table_name The user name to fill in on generated SDPs.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
action (sdp) Configures an SDP policy table action.
match-string Configures an SDP attribute matching string.
sdp-policy-table Configures an SDP policy table.
39-380Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sdp origin-user-name
sdp origin-user-name To configure the originating user name that is filled in generated SDPs, use the sdp origin-user-name command in the SBE configuration mode. To reset this user name such that received user name from an SDP is the user name used on the generated SDP, use the no form of this command.
sdp origin-user-name user-name
no sdp origin-user-name user-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures the SDP username to use on generated SDPs to foo:
host1/Admin# configure host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sdp origin-user-name foo
Related Commands
user-name Specifies the admission control table.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sdp-match-table Creates an SDP match table.
action (sdp) Configures an SDP policy table action.
match-string Configures an SDP attribute matching string.
sdp-policy-table Configures an SDP policy table.
39-381Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sdp-policy-table
sdp-policy-tableTo configure an SDP policy table, use the sdp-policy-table command in the SBE configuration mode. To remove the table, use the no form of this command.
sdp-policy-table table_name
no sdp-policy-table table_name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures the SDP policy table foo:
host1/Admin# configure host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sdp-policy-table foo
Related Commands
table_name The name of the SDP policy. The maximum number of characters is 30.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sdp-match-table Creates an SDP match table.
action (sdp) Configures an SDP policy table action.
match-string Configures an SDP attribute matching string.
39-382Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands secure-media
secure-mediaTo configure the DBE to enable a DTLS or SRTP media passthrough, use the secure-media command in the DBE configuration mode. To disable the media passthrough, use the no form of this command.
secure-media
no secure-media
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default The media passthrough is disabled.
Command Modes DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
Examples The following command creates a DBE and enters the SBC-DBE configuration mode.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# secure-media
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
media-address pool ipv4 Creates a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses,
dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBC and enters into DBE-SBE configuration mode.
activate Initiates the DBE service of the session border controller (SBC).
39-383Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands server
serverTo enter a submode for configuring ordered lists of RADIUS accounting servers, use the server command in server configuration mode. Use the no form of the command to leave the submode.
server server-name
no server server-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Server accounting (config-sbc-sbe-acc)
Server authentication (config-sbc-sbe-auth)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Any number of accounting servers can be specified. Call Detail Reports are sent to the accounting server with the highest priority upon call termination.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures accounting servers castor and pollux on mySbc for RADIUS client instance radius1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Adminconfig)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting radius1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server castor host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# address ipv4 200.200.200.12 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# exit host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server pollux host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# address ipv4 200.200.200.15 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# exit
Related Commands
server-name Name of the server (local to this SBE).
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
radius Creates and configures a RADIUS client for accounting or authentication purposes.
39-384Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands server mode
server modeTo enter a submode for configuring of RADIUS Authentication server mode, use the server mode command in the server authentication mode. To exit the submode for configuring of RADIUS Authentication server mode, use the no form of this command.
server server-name mode local|remote
no server server-name mode local|remote
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Server authentication (config-sbc-sbe-auth-ser)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure server-mode:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(configure)#sbc mysbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)#sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius authentication host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-auth)# server panther host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-auth-ser)# mode local host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-auth-ser)#
Related Commands
server-name Specifies the name of the server.
local Specifies local authentication.
remote Specifies remote authentication.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
radius Creates and configures a RADIUS client for accounting or authentication purposes.
39-385Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands server-retry disable
server-retry disableTo disable the SBC from automatically retrying a failed RADIUS server, use the server-retry disable command in the server authentication mode or the server accounting mode. Use the no form of this command to enable the SBC to automaticlly retry a failed RADIUS server.
server-retry disable
no server-retry disable
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Server accounting (config-sbc-sbe-acc)
Server authentication (config-sbc-sbe-auth)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
If you have disabled the SBC from automatically retrying a failed RADIUS server with the server-retry disable command, you must use the service sbc sbe radius accounting command to reactivate the connection between the SBC and a RADIUS server after connectivity is lost or to restart billing after connectivity is restored.
Examples The following example shows how to stop the SBC from automatically retringy a failed RADIUS server:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(configure)#sbc mysbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)#sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius authentication host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-auth)# server-retry disable
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
service sbc sbe radius accounting Reactivates connection between the SBC and a RADIUS server after connectivity is lost or to restart billing after connectivity is restored.
39-386Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands service sbc sbe call-destroy
service sbc sbe call-destroyTo clear an identified call, use the service sbc sbe call-destroy command in EXEC mode.
service sbc name sbe call-destroy 0-2147483647
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to clear an unidentified call:
host1/Admin# service sbc test sbe call-destroy 1
name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
0-2147483647 Specifies the call index number.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-387Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands service sbc sbe radius accounting
service sbc sbe radius accounting To reactivate connection between the SBC and a RADIUS server after connectivity is lost or to restart billing after connectivity is restored, use the service sbc sbe radius accounting command in EXEC mode.
service sbc name sbe radius accounting radius client name {resend | server word reactivate}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how toresend cached messages:
host1/Admin# service sbc test sbe radius accounting acc resend
The following example shows how to reactivate connection to a RADIUS server:
host1/Admin# service sbc test sbe radius accounting acc server svr reactivate
Related Commands
resend Restarts billing between SBC and RADIUS on the reactivated RADIUS server connection for new billing requests.
server RADIUS account server commands.
name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
radius client Specifies the name of the RADIUS client.
word Specifies the server name.
reactivate Reactivates the connection between SBC and RADIUS server. You need to do this to manually recover the connection after it has failed.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
radius Creates and configures a RADIUS client for accounting or authentication purposes.
39-388Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe addresses
show services sbc dbe addressesTo list the addresses configured on DBEs, use the show services sbc dbe addresses command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name dbe addresses
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following command lists the addresses configured on DBEs.
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc dmsbc-node9 dbe address H.248 control address: 22.22.22.100 Media-Address VRF Status 1.1.1.1 Admin Active Port range: 16384-32767, class of service: any 22.22.22.201 Admin Active Port range: 16384-32767, class of service: any old6500_2/Admin#
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc dbe controllers Lists the controllers configured on each vDBE.
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE.
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4
Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port
Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for a port with an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe media-stats Lists general DBE statistics.
show services sbc service List all of the SBC services on the chassis.
39-389Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe controllers
show services sbc dbe controllersTo lists the controllers configured on each vDBE, use the show services sbc dbe controllers command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name dbe controllers
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following command lists the controllers configured on each vDBE on mySbc:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc dbe controllers
SBC Service "mySbc" vDBE in DBE location 1
Media gateway controller in use: H.248 controller address 23.65.54.24:4509 Status: Attached
Sent Received Failed Retried Requests 0 0 0 0 Replies 0 0 0
Configured controllers: H.248 controller 1: Remote address: 23.65.54.24:4509 Transport: UDP
Related Commands
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc dbe addresses Lists the addresses configured on DBEs.
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE.
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE associated with a specific VRF instance.
39-390Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe controllers
show services sbc dbe show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4
Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port
Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for a port with an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe media-stats Lists general DBE statistics.
show services sbc service List all of the SBC services on the chassis.
Command Description
39-391Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe h248-profile
show services sbc dbe h248-profileTo list the information on the specified H.248 profile, including transport, H.248 form, and active packages, use the show services sbc dbe h248-profile command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name dbe h248-profile
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows the defaults and configured options for the H.248 profile:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc dbe h248-profileTransport UDP IAHH.248 Version 3Packages:Generic(g)Base Root(root): Max Terminations per context 10Network(l)DiffServ(ds)Gate Management(gm)Traffic Management(tman)IP NAPT(ipnapt)Segment(seg): Max PDU Size 4096 bytes
Related Commands
sbc-name Defines the name of the service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
h248-profile Configures the vDBE H.248 profile name to interoperate with the MGC.
h248-profile-version Configures the vDBE H.248 profile version to interoperate with the MGC. This command is used after you have defined the name of the profile using the h248-profile command.
39-392Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats
show services sbc dbe media-flow-statsTo list statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE, use the show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name dbe media-flow-stats vrf [vrf-name] ipv4 [A.B.C.D] port [port-number]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows media flows to/from port 24000 at the 10.1.1.1 IPv4 address and through VPN3:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf vpn3 ipv4 10.1.1.1 port 24000
SBC Service "mySbc" mediaFlow 1 FlowPairState Open GateAge 15340 ms CallPriority Routine (CD5) FlowPairBandwidth 1500 DtmfPacketsQueued 0 Side A VpnId vpn3 LocalAddress 10.1.1.1 LocalPort 24000 RemoteAddress 192.168.1.1 RemotePort 32420 RtpPacketsRcvd 300 RtpOctetsRcvd 6000 RtpPacketsSent 100 RtpOctetsSent 2000 RtpPacketsDiscarded 0 RtpOctetsDiscarded 0 EndPointPacketsSent 300 EndPointPacketsRcvd 97
vrf-name (Optional) Displays media flows only to or from the specific VPN.
A.B.C.D (Optional) Displays media flows only to or from the specific IPv4 media address.
sbc-nam Specifies the name of the SBC service.
port-number (Optional) Displays media flows only to or from the specific port.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-393Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats
EndPointPacketsLost 1 DtmfInterworking No MediaFlowing Yes RouteError No Unexpected SrcAddr Packets Yes (CD6) BillingId 12AB3C4D567124C7124C12DE
Side B VpnId <none> LocalAddress 10.1.1.2 LocalPort 24002 RemoteAddress 172.192.2.3 RemotePort 24002 RtpPacketsRcvd 100 RtpOctetsRcvd 2000 RtpPacketsSent 300 RtpOctetsSent 6000 RtpPacketsDiscarded 0 RtpOctetsDiscarded 0 EndPointPacketsSent 100 EndPointPacketsRcvd 300 EndPointPacketsLost 0 DtmfInterworking No MediaFlowing Yes RouteError No Unexpected SrcAddr Packets No (CD6) BillingId 5DAB3C4D153624C7124E1234
Related Commands Command Description
sbc dbe media-address ipv4 Configures a DBE media address pool and an address pool.
sbc dbe media-address pool ipv4 Creates an IPv4 address range within a DBE media address pool.
sbc dbe media-address port range Creates a port range associated with a media address or range of addresses.
showservices sbc dbe addresses Lists the addresses configured on DBEs.
39-394Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf To lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE associated with a specific VRF instance, use the show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name dbe media-flow-stats [detail | summary] vrf vrf-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines With respect to the output of the show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf command, not all endpoints report RTP Control Protocol (RTCP) endpoint statistics.
Examples The following command lists the statistics for media flows collected on the DBE associated with a VRF vpn1:
host1/Admin# show services sbc dmsbc-node9 dbe media-flow-sta vrf vpn1 ipv4 88.88.110.100 port 20000SBC Service ''dmsbc-node9'' Media Flow: State of Media Flow: Active Call Age: 3850390 ms Call Priority: Routine Reserved Bandwidth: 10 (kilobytes/second) No media timeout remaining: 2741 Class of service: Any Side A: VRF Name: vpn1 Local Address: 88.88.110.100 Local Port: 20000 Remote Address: 200.200.200.172 Remote Port: 17488 RTP Packets Received: 140134 RTP Packets Sent: 140131 RTP Packets Discarded: 0
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
detail Specifies media flow detailed statistics.
summary Specifies media flow summary statistics.
vrf-name Specifies the name of the VRF.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-395Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc dbe addresses Lists the addresses configured on DBEs.
show services sbc dbe controllers Lists the controllers configured on each vDBE.
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE.
show services sbc dbe show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4
Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port
Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for a port with an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe media-stats Lists general DBE statistics.
show services sbc service List all of the SBC services on the chassis.
39-396Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 To lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance, use the show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name dbe media-flow-stats [detail | summary] vrf vrf-name ipv4 [A.B.C.D]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines With respect to the output of the show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 command, not all endpoints report RTP Control Protocol (RTCP) endpoint statistics.
Examples The following command lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance:
host1/Admin# show services sbc j dbe media-flow-stats detail vrf vpn1 ipv4 10.127.3.1SBC Service "j" Media Flow: State of Media Flow: Active Call Priority: Routine ContextID: 12 StreamID: 49153 Reserved Bandwidth: 10500 (bytes/second) No media timeout remaining: 30 Class of service: Voice Side A: VRF Name: vpn1 Local Address: 88.102.9.100 Local Port: 16384 Remote Address: 10.127.3.1 Remote Port: 16526 RTP Packets Received: 967
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
detail Specifies media flow detailed statistics.
summary Specifies media flow summary statistics.
vrf-name Specifies the name of the VRF.
A.B.C.D (Optional) Specifies the IPv4 address.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-397Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4
RTP Packets Sent: 944 RTP Packets Discarded: 0 RTP Data Received: 193400 (bytes) RTP Data Sent: 188800 (bytes) RTP Data Discarded: 0 (bytes) End Point Packets Sent: Not known End Point Packets Received: Not known End Point Packets Lost: Not known DTMF Interworking: No Media Flowing: Yes Affected by Routing Error: No Unexpected SrcAddr Packets: No Billing ID: 0x47B507DF2020202020202030302B30303030303000000018 Media directions allowed: sendrecv Side B: VRF Name: vpn2 Local Address: 88.102.10.100 Local Port: 16384 Remote Address: 10.127.4.1 Remote Port: 19566 RTP Packets Received: 944 RTP Packets Sent: 967 RTP Packets Discarded: 0 RTP Data Received: 188800 (bytes) RTP Data Sent: 193400 (bytes) RTP Data Discarded: 0 (bytes) End Point Packets Sent: Not known End Point Packets Received: Not known End Point Packets Lost: Not known DTMF Interworking: No Media Flowing: Yes Affected by Routing Error: No Unexpected SrcAddr Packets: No Billing ID: 0x47B507DF2020202020202030302B30303030303000000017 Media directions allowed: sendrecv
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc dbe addresses Lists the addresses configured on DBEs.
show services sbc dbe controllers Lists the controllers configured on each vDBE.
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE.
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port
Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for a port with an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe media-stats Lists general DBE statistics.
show services sbc service List all of the SBC services on the chassis.
39-398Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port To lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for a port with an IPv4 address associated with a specific VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance, use the show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name dbe media-flow-stats [detail | summary] vrf vrf-name ipv4 [A.B.C.D] port port-number
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines With respect to the output of the show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port command, not all endpoints report RTP Control Protocol (RTCP) endpoint statistics.
Examples The following command lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for a port with an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance:
host1/Admin# show services sbc j dbe media-flow-stats detail vrf vpn1 ipv4 10.127.3.1 port 16526SBC Service "j" Media Flow: State of Media Flow: Active Call Priority: Routine ContextID: 12 StreamID: 49153 Reserved Bandwidth: 10500 (bytes/second) No media timeout remaining: 30 Class of service: Voice Side A: VRF Name: vpn1 Local Address: 88.102.9.100 Local Port: 16384
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
vrf-name Specifies the name of the VRF.
A.B.C.D (Optional) Specifies the IPv4 address.
port-number Only displays media or signaling flows to or from this port. Specifies the port number.
detail Specifies media flow detailed statistics.
summary Specifies media flow summary statistics.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-399Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port
Remote Address: 10.127.3.1 Remote Port: 16526 RTP Packets Received: 2119 RTP Packets Sent: 2096 RTP Packets Discarded: 0 RTP Data Received: 423800 (bytes) RTP Data Sent: 419200 (bytes) RTP Data Discarded: 0 (bytes) End Point Packets Sent: Not known End Point Packets Received: Not known End Point Packets Lost: Not known DTMF Interworking: No Media Flowing: Yes Affected by Routing Error: No Unexpected SrcAddr Packets: No Billing ID: 0x47B507DF2020202020202030302B30303030303000000018 Media directions allowed: sendrecv Side B: VRF Name: vpn2 Local Address: 88.102.10.100 Local Port: 16384 Remote Address: 10.127.4.1 Remote Port: 19566 RTP Packets Received: 2096 RTP Packets Sent: 2119 RTP Packets Discarded: 0 RTP Data Received: 419200 (bytes) RTP Data Sent: 423800 (bytes) RTP Data Discarded: 0 (bytes) End Point Packets Sent: Not known End Point Packets Received: Not known End Point Packets Lost: Not known DTMF Interworking: No Media Flowing: Yes Affected by Routing Error: No Unexpected SrcAddr Packets: No Billing ID: 0x47B507DF2020202020202030302B30303030303000000017 Media directions allowed: sendrecv
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc dbe addresses Lists the addresses configured on DBEs.
show services sbc dbe controllers Lists the controllers configured on each vDBE.
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE.
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4
Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe media-stats Lists general DBE statistics.
show services sbc service List all of the SBC services on the chassis.
39-400Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-stats
show services sbc dbe media-statsTo list general DBE statistics, use the show services sbc dbe media-stats command in EXEC mode. These statistics do not include contributions from active calls.
show services sbc sbc-name dbe media-stats
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines The Active Flows statistic counts the number of flows for which media has been observed within the media-timeout period, or where the call has failed over within the last media-timeout period and the SBC has not yet had a chance to observe whether media is flowing or not.
The Unclassified Pkts statistic includes all packets received on the VLAN interface that are not matched to a valid media flow. This includes media packets not matched to a flow, signaling packets, and any other traffic.
Examples The following command lists general DBE statistics:
host1/Admin# show services sbc my sbc dbe signaling-flow-stats vrf vpn3 ipv4 10.1.1.1 port 24000
SBC Service "mySbc" signalingFlow 1 FlowPairState Open PinholeAge 15340 ms PinholeBandwidth 1500 Side A VpnId vpn3 LocalAddress 10.1.1.1 LocalPort 24000 RemoteAddress 192.168.1.1 RemotePort 32420 PacketsRcvd 300 OctetsRcvd 6000 PacketsSent 100 OctetsSent 2000 PacketsDiscarded 0 OctetsDiscarded 0
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.00 Updated to include summary information on signaling pinholes.
39-401Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-stats
Side B VpnId <none> LocalAddress 10.1.1.2 LocalPort 24002 RemoteAddress 172.192.2.3 RemotePort 24002 PacketsRcvd 100 OctetsRcvd 2000 PacketsSent 300 OctetsSent 6000 PacketsDiscarded 0 OctetsDiscarded 0
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc dbe addresses Lists the addresses configured on DBEs.
show services sbc dbe controllers Lists the controllers configured on each vDBE.
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE.
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4
Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port
Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for a port with an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc service List all of the SBC services on the chassis.
39-402Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe signaling-flow-stats
show services sbc dbe signaling-flow-statsTo lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE, use the show services sbc dbe signaling-flow-stats command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name dbe signaling-flow-stats [detail | summary] [vrf vrf-name | ipv4 A.B.C.D. | port port number]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following command lists mdeia flow statistics:
host1/Admin# show services sbc my sbc dbe signaling-flow-stats detail vrf vpn3 ipv4 10.1.1.1 port 24000SBC Service "mySbc" signalingFlow 1 FlowPairState Open PinholeAge 15340 ms PinholeBandwidth 1500 Side A VpnId vpn3 LocalAddress 10.1.1.1 LocalPort 24000 RemoteAddress 192.168.1.1 RemotePort 32420 PackesRcvd 300 OctetsRcvd 6000 PacketsSent 100 OctetsSent 2000 PacketsDiscarded 0 OctetsDiscarded 0
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
detail Specifies media flow detailed statistics.
summary Specifies media flow summary statistics.
vrf Specifies VRF.
vrf-name Specifies the name of the VRF.
ipv4 Specifies IPv4.
A.B.C.D. Specifies the IPv4 address.
port Specifies port.
port number Specifies the port number.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-403Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe signaling-flow-stats
Side B VpnId <none> LocalAddress 10.1.1.2 LocalPort 24002 RemoteAddress 172.192.2.3 RemotePort 24002 PacketsRcvd 100 OctetsRcvd 2000 PacketsSent 300 OctetsSent 6000 PacketsDiscarded 0 OctetsDiscarded 0
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc dbe addresses Lists the addresses configured on DBEs.
show services sbc dbe controllers Lists the controllers configured on each vDBE.
show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE.
show services sbc dbe show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4
Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port
Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for a port with an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance.
show services sbc dbe media-stats Lists general DBE statistics.
show services sbc service List all of the SBC services on the chassis.
39-404Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc rsrcmon
show services sbc rsrcmonTo show congestion states and statistics during switchover, use the show services sbc rsrcmon command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name rsrcmon
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows the addresses that are configured on mySBC:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test rsrcmon Resource Monitoring : Enabled Congestion Status : Normal CPU Congestion Status : Normal Mem Congestion Status : Normal Calls Rejected Due to Congestion : 0 CPU Congestion Count : 0 Mem Congestion Count : 0 CPU Congestion Threshold : 91 % CPU Congestion Clear Threshold : 80 % Top Procs Frequency : 200 ms CPU Probe Duration during Congestion : 1000 ms CPU Probe Duration during Normal Operation : 3000 ms Avg CPU Utilization in last 500 msec : 0%(cpu0) 7%(cpu1) 1500 msec : 0%(cpu0) 10%(cpu1) SBC Memory Allocation Limit : No Limit Current Allocation : 78466149 bytes Peak Allocation : 78466149 bytes Allocation Failure Count : 0 Buffer Pool Usage : 67413 bytes CB Pool Usage : 37464456 bytes Free Memory SBC Holding : 40934280 bytes Memory Usage Ceiling : 180000000 bytes Last Monitored Usage : 37533189 bytes (20 %)
Here is info on malloc:Total memory for dynamic memory allocation (arena) -- 440040 bytesNumber of ordinary blk not in use (ordblks) --------- 4Number of small blk not in use (smblks) ------------- 0Number of blks allocated w/ mmap (hblks) ------------ 300Sum of memory allocated with mmap (hblkhd) ---------- 78798848 bytes
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-405Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc rsrcmon
Space in small blks in use (usmblks) ---------------- 0 bytesSpace in free small blks (fsmblks) ------------------ 0 bytesSpace in ordinary blocks in use (uordblks) ---------- 434736 bytesSpace in free ordinary blocks (fordblks) ----------- 5304 byteskeepcost -------------------------------------------- 5168 Here is OS memory infoTotal = 844869632 bytesUsed = 470876160 bytes (321875968 bytes after minus buffers/cached)Free = 373993472 bytes (522993664 bytes after adding buffers/cached)Shared = 0 bytesBuffers = 1130496 bytesCached = 147869696 bytes
Related Commands Command Description
debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.
39-406Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe aaa
show services sbc sbe aaaTo list the AAA status and configuration on each SBE, use the show services sbc sbe aaa command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe aaa
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows the addresses that are configured on mySBC:
host1/Admin# show services sbc sbe aaa
SBC Service "mySbc" AAA control address: 10.1.0.1 Accounting server: 10.2.0.1 Authentication server: 172.19.5.1 Authentication server: 172.19.5.2
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc service List all of the SBC services on the chassis.
39-407Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe addresses
show services sbc sbe addressesTo list the addresses configured on SBEs, use the show services sbc sbe addresses command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe addresses
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows the addresses that are configured on mySBC:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySBC sbe addresses
SBC Service "mySbc" Control Addresses AAA control address: 10.1.0.1 H.248 control address: 10.1.0.1
Signaling Addresses H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42: 10.1.0.2:1720, VRF vpn3 SIP adjacency SipToIsp42: 10.1.0.2:5060, VRF vpn3
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc service List all of the SBC services on the chassis.
39-408Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe adjacencies
show services sbc sbe adjacenciesTo display all adjacencies, use the show services sbc sbe adjacencies command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe adjacencies
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows the adjacencies that are configured on SBEs:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe adjacencies
SBC Service ''mysbc'' Name Type State Description --------------------------------------------- h323-7206-CG H.323 Attached h323-ixvoice H.323 Attached sip-60 SIP Attached 7600-phone1 SIP Attached 7600-phone2 SIP Attached sip-ixvoice SIP Attached sip-7206-CG- SIP Attached
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe adjacencies detail Displays all the fields specified SIP adjacency.
39-409Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe adjacencies detail
show services sbc sbe adjacencies detailTo display all the fields specified SIP adjacency, use the show services sbc sbe adjacencies detail command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe adjacencies adjacency-name detail
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows all the fields for the SIP adjacency sip-shanghai:
host1/Admin# show services sbc sbc sbe adjacencies sip-shanghai detailSBC Service "sbc" Adjacency sip-shanghai (SIP) Status: Attached Description: Signaling address: 10.140.90.6:5060, VRF Admin Signaling-peer: 10.0.3.13:5060 Remote address: 10.0.3.13 255.255.255.255 Force next hop: No Account: Group: None In header profile: Default Out header profile: Default In method profile: Default Out method profile: Default In UA option prof: Default Out UA option prof: Default In proxy opt prof: Default Out proxy opt prof: Default Priority set name: None Local-id: 10.120.10.6 Rewrite REGISTER: Off Target address: None NAT Status: Auto Detect Reg-min-expiry: 3000 seconds Fast-register: Enabled Fast-register-int: 30 seconds Register aggregate: Disabled Register Out Interval: 0 seconds
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
adjacency-name The name of the SIP adjacency whose details are to be displayed.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.00 Modified to show statistic settings.
39-410Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe adjacencies detail
Authenticated mode: None Authenticated realm: None Auth. nonce life time: 300 seconds IMS visited NetID: None Inherit profile: Default Force next hop: No Home network Id: None UnEncrypt key data: None SIPI passthrough: No Rewrite from domain: Yes Rewrite to header: Yes Media passthrough: No Preferred transport: UDP Hunting Triggers: Global Triggers Redirect mode: Pass-through Outbound-flood-rate: None Ping-enabled: No Signaling Peer Status: Not Tested rewrite request-uri: Disabled Statistics setting: Disabled
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe adjacencies Displays all adjacencies.
39-411Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe adjacencies authentication-realms
show services sbc sbe adjacencies authentication-realmsTo display authentication realm on the specified adjacency, use the show services sbc sbe adjacencies authentication-realms command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe adjacencies adjacency-name authentication-realms
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to display all currently configured authentication-realms for all SIP adjacencies:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe adjacencies sipAdjacency authentication-realms
Configured authentication realms -------------------------------- Domain Username Password abcdef.com abc abc
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
adjacency-name The name of the SIP adjacency whose details are to be displayed.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe all-authentication-realms
Displays all currently configured authentication-realms for all SIP adjacencies.
39-412Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe all-authentication-realms
show services sbc sbe all-authentication-realmsTo display all currently configured authentication-realms for all SIP adjacencies, use the show services sbc sbe all-authentication-realms command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbe all-authentication-realms
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to display all currently configured authentication realms for all SIP adjacencies:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe all-authentication-realms
Configured authentication realms--------------------------------Adjacency: SipToIsp42Domain Username Password Example.com usersbc passwordsbc
Related Commands
.This command has no arguments or keywords
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe adjacencies authentication-realms
Displays authentication realm on the specified adjacency.
39-413Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands services sbc sbe billing instance
services sbc sbe billing instanceTo see if media creation information is enabled in the billing message for a specific billing instance, use the show services sbc sbe billing instance command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe billing instance 0-7
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to display the billing configuration:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe billing instance 1Billing Manager Information: Local IP address: 0.0.0.0 LDR check time: 00:00 Record media create info: Yes/No Method packetcable-em Admin Status: UP Operation Status: UP1
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
0-7 The billing instance whose details are to be displayed.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
record-media-create-info Activates support for media information support in billing.
services sbc sbe billing instances Displays whether media creation information is enabled in the billing message for all billing instances.
39-414Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands services sbc sbe billing instances
services sbc sbe billing instancesTo see whether media creation information is enabled in the billing message for all billing instances, use the show services sbc sbe billing instances command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbe billing instances
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to display the billing configuration:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe billing instancesBilling Manager Information: Local IP address: 0.0.0.0 LDR check time: 00:00 Record media create info: Yes/No Method packetcable-em Admin Status: UP Operation Status: UP
Related Commands
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
services sbc sbe billing instance Displays whether media creation information is enabled in the billing message for a specific billing instance.
39-415Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe billing remote
show services sbc sbe billing remoteTo display the billing configuration. use the show services sbc sbe billing remote command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbe billing remote
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to display the billing configuration:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe billing remote
billing Local IP address: 10.21.20.1
Related Commands
This command has no arguments or keywords.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
services sbc sbe billing instances Shows if media creation information is enabled in the billing message for all billing instances.
39-416Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits
show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limitsTo list the explicitly configured limits, showing only the sources configured, use the show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits command in EXEC mode.
Values not explicitly configured and, therefore, inherited from other defaults, are bracketed.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe blacklist configured-limits
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following command lists the limits that you explicitly configured, showing only the sources. Non-explicitly configured values appear in brackets:
host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# show services sbc mySbc sbe blacklist configured-limits
SBC Service mySbc SBE dynamic blacklist configured limits
Default for all addresses=========================Reason Trigger Trigger Blacklisting Size Period Period------ ------- ------- ------------Authentication 20 1 sec 1 hourBad address 20 1 sec 1 hourRouting 20 1 sec 1 hourRegistration 5 30 sec 10 hoursPolicy 20 1 sec 1 dayCorrupt 20 100 ms 1 hour
Default for addresses on vpn3=============================Reason Trigger Trigger Blacklisting Size Period Period------ ------- ------- ------------Authentication 20 1 sec 1 dayBad address 20 1 sec 1 dayRouting 20 1 sec 1 dayRegistration 5 30 sec 1 dayPolicy 20 1 sec 1 dayCorrupt 50 100 ms 12 hours
112.234.23.2============
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-417Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits
Reason Trigger Trigger Blacklisting Size Period Period------ ------- ------- ------------Authentication 2000 (1 sec) (1 hour)Bad address 2000 (1 sec) (1 hour)Routing 2000 (1 sec) (1 hour)Registration 500 (30 sec) (10 hours)Policy 2000 (1 sec) (1 day)Corrupt 2000 (100 ms) (1 hour)
vpn3 172.19.12.12=================Reason Trigger Trigger Blacklisting Size Period Period------ ------- ------- ------------Authentication (20) (1 sec) (1 hour)Bad address (20) (1 sec) (1 hour)Routing (20) (1 sec) (1 hour)Registration (5) (30 sec) (10 hours)Policy (20) (1 sec) (1 day)Corrupt 40 10 ms (1 hour)
Default for ports of vpn3 172.19.12.12======================================Reason Trigger Trigger Blacklisting Size Period Period------ ------- ------- ------------Authentication 20 1 sec 1 hourBad address 20 1 sec 1 hourRouting 20 1 sec 1 hourRegistration 5 30 sec 10 hoursPolicy 20 1 sec 1 dayCorrupt 20 100 ms 1 hour
Related Commands Command Description
reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source (in other words, a port, IP address, VPN, global address space).
trigger-size Defines the number of the specified events from the specified source that are allowed before the blacklisting is triggered, and blocks all packets from the source.
trigger-period Defines the period over which events are considered. For details, see the description of the trigger-size command.
timeout Defines the length of time that packets from the source are blocked, should the limit be exceeded.
show services sbc sbe blacklist
Lists the limits in force for a particular source (whether they are from defaults or explicitly configured) in a form in which they can be entered into the CLI. Also listed are any defaults for a smaller scope configured at this address.
show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting
Lists the limits causing sources to be blacklisted.
39-418Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting
show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklistingTo list the limit causing sources to be blacklisted, use the show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe blacklist current-blacklisting
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows the current blacklisting information for the SBC:
host1/Admin# show sbc mySbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting
SBC Service mySbc SBE dynamic blacklist current members
Global addresses================Source Source Blacklist TimeAddress Port Reason Remaining------- ------ --------- ---------125.125.111.123 All Authentication 15 mins125.125.111.253 UDP 85 Registration 10 secs144.12.12.4 TCP 80 Corruption Never endsVRF: vpn3=========Source Source Blacklist TimeAddress Port Reason Remaining------- ------ --------- ---------132.15.1.2 TCP 285 Registration 112 secs172.23.22.2 All Policy 10 hours
Related Commands
sbc-name Defines the name of the service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source (in other words, a port, IP address, VPN, global address space).
trigger-size Defines the number of the specified events from the specified source that are allowed before the blacklisting is triggered, and blocks all packets from the source.
39-419Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting
trigger-period Defines the period over which events are considered. For details, see the description of the trigger-size command.
timeout Defines the length of time that packets from the source are blocked, should the limit be exceeded.
show services sbc sbe blacklist
Lists the limits in force for a particular source (whether they are from defaults or explicitly configured) in a form in which they can be entered into the CLI. Also listed are any defaults for a smaller scope configured at this address.
show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits
Lists the explicitly configured limits, showing only the sources configured. Any values not explicitly defined for each source are in brackets.
Command Description
39-420Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4
show services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4To list the limits in force for a particular source—whether from defaults or explicitly configured—in a form in which they can be entered into the CLI, use the show services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4 command in EXEC mode. Also listed are any defaults for a smaller scope configured at this address.
Values not explicitly configured and, therefore, inherited from other defaults, are bracketed.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe blacklist [source] ipv4 IP address
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to list blacklisting information for a specific VPN with a valid IPv4 address:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe blacklist vpn3 ipv4 172.19.12.12
SBC Service mySbc SBE dynamic blacklist vpn3 172.19.12.12
vpn3 172.19.12.12=================Reason Trigger Trigger Blacklisting Size Period Period------ ------- ------- ------------Authentication (20) 10 ms (1 hour)Bad address (20) 10 ms (1 hour)Routing (20) 10 ms (1 hour)Registration (5) 100 ms (10 hours)Policy (20) 10 ms (1 day)Corrupt 40 10 ms (1 hour)
Default for ports of vpn3 172.19.12.12======================================Reason Trigger Trigger Blacklisting Size Period Period------ ------- ------- ------------Authentication 20 1 sec 1 hour
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC.
source Specifies the source for which you want to display blacklisting information. This source is one of the following values:
• VPN ID (Only VPN ID is permitted in the present implementation.)
IP address Specifies the IPv4 address.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-421Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4
Bad address 20 1 sec 1 hourRouting 20 1 sec 1 hourRegistration 5 30 sec 10 hoursPolicy 20 1 sec 1 dayCorrupt 20 100 ms 1 hour
Related Commands Command Description
reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source (in other words, a port, IP address, VPN, global address space).
trigger-size Defines the number of the specified events from the specified source that are allowed before the blacklisting is triggered, and blocks all packets from the source.
trigger-period Defines the period over which events are considered. For details, see the description of the trigger-size command.
timeout Defines the length of time that packets from the source are blocked, should the limit be exceeded.
show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits
Lists the explicitly configured limits, showing only the sources configured. Any values not explicitly defined for each source are in brackets.
show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting
Lists the limits causing sources to be blacklisted.
39-422Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set
show services sbc sbe cac-policy-setTo list detailed information for a given entry in a CAC policy table, use the show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe cac-policy-set set-id {table name entry entry-id} {tables}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
.
Examples The following example lists detailed information for entry 1 of the standard_policy_list CAC table, which is part of CAC policy set 1:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe cac-policy-set 1 table std_policy_list entry 1
SBC Service "mysbc"Policy set 1 table std_policy_list entry 1 Match value Action Next table Next-table subscriber_limits Max calls Unlimited Max call rate Unlimited Max in-call rate Unlimited Max out-call rate Unlimited Max registrations Unlimited Max reg. rate Unlimited Max bandwidth Unlimited Max channels Unlimited Transcoder Allowed Caller privacy setting Never hide Callee privacy setting Never hide Early media Allowed Early media direction Both Early media timeout 0 Restrict codecs to list default
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
set-id Specifies the numeric identifier of the CAC policy set to which the table belongs.
table name Specifies the name of the table.
entry entry-id Specifies the numeric identifier of the entry that you want to display.
tables Shows all tables in the specified CAC policy set.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.00 This command was modified to show new information in the CAC policy entry.
39-423Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set
Media bypass Allowed Number of calls rejected by this entry 0sbc/Admin#
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entry
Displays a summary of the entries associated with the given routing table.
39-424Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe cac-policy-sets
show services sbc sbe cac-policy-setsTo list all of the CAC policy sets on the SBE, use the show services sbc sbe cac-policy-sets command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe cac-policy-sets
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example lists all of the CAC (Call Admission Control) policy sets on the SBE:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe cac-policy-sets
SBC Service ''mySbc'' Policy Set Description --------------------------------------------------------- 1 No Description List Active policy set: 1
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entry
Displays a summary of the entries associated with the given routing table.
39-425Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set tables
show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set tablesTo list a summary of the CAC policy tables associated with the given policy set, use the show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set tables command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe cac-policy-set id tables
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example lists a summary of the CAC policy tables associated with the given policy set 1:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe cac-policy-set 1 tables SBC Service "mysbc"Policy set 1 tablesTable name Match type Description Total Failures----------------------------------------------------------subscriber-limits subscriber
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
id The numeric identifier of the CAC policy set whose tables are to be displayed.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.00 Modified to show new match type.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entry
Displays a summary of the entries associated with the given routing table.
39-426Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entries
show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entriesTo list a summary of the CAC policy tables associated with the given policy set, use the show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entries command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe cac-policy-set id table name entries
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example lists a summary of the CAC policy table associated with the given policy set 1:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe cac-policy-set 1 table std-policy-list entriesSBC Service "mysbc"Policy set 1 table std-policy-list entries Entry Match Value ---------------------------CAC Policy entry 1 subscriber
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
id The numeric identifier of the CAC policy set whose tables are to be displayed.
name The name of the table whose entries are to be displayed.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.00 Modifed to show new match value.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entry
Displays a summary of the entries associated with the given routing table.
39-427Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entry
show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entryTo list detailed information for a given entry in a CAC policy table, use the show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entry command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe cac-policy-set id table name entry entry
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example lists detailed information for a given entry (1) in a CAC policy table associated with the given policy set 1:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe cac-policy-set 2 table limited-category entry 1SBC Service "mysbc"Policy set 1 table std_policy_list entry 1 Match value Action CAC Complete Max calls Unlimited Max call rate Unlimited Max registrations Unlimited Max reg. rate Unlimited Max bandwidth Unlimited Max channels Unlimited Transcoder Allowed Caller privacy setting Never hide Callee privacy setting Never hide Early media Allowed Early media direction Both Early media timeout 0 Restrict codecs to list default Media bypass Allowed Number of calls rejected by this entry 0 Match Prefix length 24host1/Admin#
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
id The numeric identifier of the CAC policy set whose tables are displayed.
name The name of the table whose entries are to be displayed.
entry The numeric identifier of the entry to display.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.00 Modified to show the new configuration added under an entry.
39-428Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entry
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entry
Displays a summary of the entries associated with the given routing table.
39-429Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call branches
show services sbc sbe call branchesTo show all the branches on the specified call on SBEs, use the show services sbc sbe call branches command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbe call call-num branches
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to display the branches associated with call 2:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe call 2 branches
SBC Service "mySbc"Call: 2 State: activeType: video
Branch Calling Number Called Number Billing ID1 102 789 767 - DAB3C4D153624C7124E12342 - 05 659 896
call-num Specifies the call to display information about.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-430Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-policy-set
show services sbc sbe call-policy-setTo list information concerning call-policy-sets, use the show services sbc sbe call-policy-set command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe call-policy-set [active | 1-2147483647 [detail | table {number-analysis | table-name [detail | entry num]}]]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to show all call policy sets:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-policy-set
Policy set 1 Description : basic adjacency route Active policy set : No First Number Analysis table : First call routing table : start-table First reg routing table : start-table
Table Name : start-table Class : Routing Table type : rtg-src-adj Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 sipp-a sipp-b Routing complete 2 sipp-b sipp-a Routing complete 3 h323-2 h323-1 Routing complete 4 h323-1 h323-2 Routing complete
sbc-name Name of the SBC service.
1-2147483647 Specifies the routing policy set ID.
active Shows the active call policy set.
detail Shows the full configuration of the call policy set.
table Shows a specific table in the call policy set.
number-analysis Shows number analysis tables.
table-name Specifies a table name. Maximum size is 24 characters.
entry num Shows a specific entry number.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-431Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-policy-set
Policy set 2 Description : Active policy set : No First Number Analysis table : First call routing table : start-table First reg routing table : start-table
Table Name : start-table Class : Routing Table type : rtg-src-adj Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 sipp-2 sipp-1 Routing complete 2 sipp-1 sipp-2 Routing complete 3 sipp-4 sipp-3 Routing complete 4 sipp-3 sipp-4 Routing complete 5 sipp-6 sipp-5 Routing complete 6 sipp-5 sipp-6 Routing complete
Policy set 3 Description : Active policy set : No First Number Analysis table : hotel_dialing_plan First call routing table : First reg routing table :
Table Name : hotel_dialing_plan Class : Number Analysis Table type : na-dst-pre Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Policy set 4 Description : Active policy set : No First Number Analysis table : First call routing table : start-table First reg routing table : start-table
Table Name : start-table Class : Routing Table type : rtg-src-adj Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 sipp-4 sipp-1 Routing complete 2 sipp-1 sipp-4 Routing complete
Policy set 5 Description : Active policy set : Yes First Number Analysis table : hotel_dialing_plan First call routing table : start-routing First reg routing table :
Table Name : internal-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-src-adj Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action
39-432Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-policy-set
----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 sipp-1 sipp-2 Routing complete
Table Name : external-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-dst-add Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 9469 sipp-3 Routing complete 2 9972 sipp-4 Routing complete
Table Name : start-routing Class : Routing Table type : rtg-category Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 internal Next table(internal-route) 2 external Next table(external-route) 3 international Next table(international-route) 4 emergency sipp-6 Routing complete 5 Blocked Reject
Table Name : international-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-least-cost Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 No match value sipp-5 Routing complete 2 No match value sipp-6 Routing complete 3 No match value sipp-1 Routing complete
Table Name : hotel_dialing_plan Class : Number Analysis Table type : na-dst-pre Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Action ----- ----------- ------ 1 XXX Routing complete 2 9XXX Routing complete 3 911 Routing complete 4 011 Routing complete 5 900 Routing complete
* Numbers in brackets refer to a call being rejected by a routing or number analysis table because there were no matching entries in the table. This is also included in the total figure.
The following example shows how to list the active call policy set:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-policy-set active
Policy set 5 Description : Active policy set : Yes First Number Analysis table : hotel_dialing_plan First call routing table : start-routing First reg routing table :
39-433Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-policy-set
Table Name : internal-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-src-adj Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 sipp-1 sipp-2 Routing complete
Table Name : external-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-dst-add Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 9469 sipp-3 Routing complete 2 9972 sipp-4 Routing complete
Table Name : start-routing Class : Routing Table type : rtg-category Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 internal Next table(internal-route) 2 external Next table(external-route) 3 international Next table(international-route) 4 emergency sipp-6 Routing complete 5 Blocked Reject
Table Name : international-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-least-cost Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 No match value sipp-5 Routing complete 2 No match value sipp-6 Routing complete 3 No match value sipp-1 Routing complete
Table Name : hotel_dialing_plan Class : Number Analysis Table type : na-dst-pre Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Action ----- ----------- ------ 1 XXX Routing complete 2 9XXX Routing complete 3 911 Routing complete 4 011 Routing complete 5 900 Routing complete
* Numbers in brackets refer to a call being rejected by a routing or number analysis table because there were no matching entries in the table. This is also included in the total figure.
The following example shows how to specify a call policy set by its identification number:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-policy-set 5
39-434Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-policy-set
SBC Service "test"
Policy set 5 Description : Active policy set : Yes First Number Analysis table : hotel_dialing_plan First call routing table : start-routing First reg routing table :
Table Name : internal-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-src-adj Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 sipp-1 sipp-2 Routing complete
Table Name : external-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-dst-add Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 9469 sipp-3 Routing complete 2 9972 sipp-4 Routing complete
Table Name : start-routing Class : Routing Table type : rtg-category Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 internal Next table(internal-route) 2 external Next table(external-route) 3 international Next table(international-route) 4 emergency sipp-6 Routing complete 5 Blocked Reject
Table Name : international-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-least-cost Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 No match value sipp-5 Routing complete 2 No match value sipp-6 Routing complete 3 No match value sipp-1 Routing complete
Table Name : hotel_dialing_plan Class : Number Analysis Table type : na-dst-pre Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Action ----- ----------- ------ 1 XXX Routing complete 2 9XXX Routing complete 3 911 Routing complete 4 011 Routing complete 5 900 Routing complete
39-435Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-policy-set
* Numbers in brackets refer to a call being rejected by a routing or number analysis table because there were no matching entries in the table. This is also included in the total figure.
The following example shows how to list the full configuration of a call policy set:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-policy-set 5 detail SBC Service "test"
Policy set 5 Description : Active policy set : Yes First Number Analysis table : hotel_dialing_plan First call routing table : start-routing First reg routing table :
Table Name : internal-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-src-adj Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry : 1 Match adjacency sipp-1 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-2 Cost 0 Weight 1 Failures 0
Table Name : external-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-dst-add Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry : 1 Match address 9469 Matching as a prefix Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-3 Cost 0 Weight 1 Failures 0 Entry : 2 Match address 9972 Matching as a prefix Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-4 Cost 0 Weight 1 Failures 0
Table Name : start-routing Class : Routing Table type : rtg-category Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry : 1 Match category internal Action Next table Next-table internal-route Failures 0 Entry : 2 Match category external
39-436Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-policy-set
Action Next table Next-table external-route Failures 0 Entry : 3 Match category international Action Next table Next-table international-route Failures 0 Entry : 4 Match category emergency Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-6 Cost 0 Weight 1 Failures 0 Entry : 5 Match category Blocked Action Reject Failures 0
Table Name : international-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-least-cost Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry : 1 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-5 Cost 10 Weight 1 Failures 0 Entry : 2 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-6 Cost 30 Weight 50 Failures 0 Entry : 3 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-1 Cost 30 Weight 10 Failures 0
Table Name : hotel_dialing_plan Class : Number Analysis Table type : na-dst-pre Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry : 1 Match address XXX Action Accept Category internal Entry : 2 Match address 9XXX Action Accept Category external Entry : 3 Match address 911 Action Accept Category emergency Entry : 4 Match address 011 Action Accept
39-437Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-policy-set
Category international Entry : 5 Match address 900 Action Accept Category Blocked
* Numbers in brackets refer to a call being rejected by a routing or number analysis table because there were no matching entries in the table. This is also included in the total figure.
The following example shows how to list number analysis tables:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-policy-set 5 table number-analysis SBC Service "test"
Policy set 5 Description : Active policy set : Yes First Number Analysis table : hotel_dialing_plan First call routing table : start-routing First reg routing table :
Table Name : hotel_dialing_plan Class : Number Analysis Table type : na-dst-pre Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Action ----- ----------- ------ 1 XXX Routing complete 2 9XXX Routing complete 3 911 Routing complete 4 011 Routing complete 5 900 Routing complete
* Numbers in brackets refer to a call being rejected by a routing or number analysis table because there were no matching entries in the table. This is also included in the total figure.
The following example shows how to list a specific table in the call policy set:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-policy-set 5 table international-route SBC Service "test"
Policy set 5 Description : Active policy set : Yes First Number Analysis table : hotel_dialing_plan First call routing table : start-routing First reg routing table :
Table Name : international-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-least-cost Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 No match value sipp-5 Routing complete 2 No match value sipp-6 Routing complete 3 No match value sipp-1 Routing complete
* Numbers in brackets refer to a call being rejected by a routing or number analysis table because there were no matching entries in the table. This is
39-438Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-policy-set
also included in the total figure.
The following example shows how to list all configurations for a specific call policy set table:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-policy-set 5 table international-route detail SBC Service "test"
Policy set 5 Description : Active policy set : Yes First Number Analysis table : hotel_dialing_plan First call routing table : start-routing First reg routing table :
Table Name : international-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-least-cost Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry : 1 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-5 Cost 10 Weight 1 Failures 0 Entry : 2 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-6 Cost 30 Weight 50 Failures 0 Entry : 3 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-1 Cost 30 Weight 10 Failures 0
* Numbers in brackets refer to a call being rejected by a routing or number analysis table because there were no matching entries in the table. This is also included in the total figure.#
The following example shows how to list a specific entry:
host1/Admin# services sbc test sbe call-policy-set 5 table international-route entry 3SBC Service "test"
Policy set 5 Description : Active policy set : Yes First Number Analysis table : hotel_dialing_plan First call routing table : start-routing First reg routing table :
Table Name : international-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-least-cost Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)
Entry : 3 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-1 Cost 30 Weight 10
39-439Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-policy-set
Failures 0
* Numbers in brackets refer to a call being rejected by a routing or number analysis table because there were no matching entries in the table. This is also included in the total figure.
Related Commands Command Description
call-policy-set Creates a new policy set.
39-440Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entry
show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entryTo display detailed information for a given entry in a CAC policy table, use the show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entry command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe call-policy-set id table name entry entry
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to display a summary of the entries associated with the given table:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe call-policy-set 1 table rtgTable entry 1 SBC Service ''mySbc'' Policy set 1 table rtgTable entry 1 Routing table entry Match adjacency sipOrig Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency h323Term Failures 0NEED UPDATED SAMPLW
Related Commands
id Specifies the numeric identifier of the routing policy set to which the table belongs.
name Specifies the table whose entries are to be displayed.
sbc name Name of the SBC service.
entryentry Specifies the entry index of the table.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.00 Modifies to support new tables.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entries
Displays a summary of the entries associated with a given table.
39-441Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-rate-stats
show services sbc sbe call-rate-statsTo list all of the current rate of attempted call setups per second over a short period of time (default to 3 seconds,. use the show services sbc sbe call-rate-stats command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe call-rate-stats
Syntax Description
Command Default Default value is 3 seconds.
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to list all of the current rate of attempted call setups per second:
host1/Admin# show services sbc sbc-1 sbe call-rate-statsCalls Per Second:-----------------Current CPS 10Maximum CPS 80Minimum CPS 1Average CPS 0
Related Commands
sbc name Name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-stats Lists the statistics for all the calls on the specified SBE.
39-442Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe calls
show services sbc sbe callsTo list all the calls on the SBEs, use the show services sbc sbe calls command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe calls
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to list the complete call statistics for the current hour:
host1/Admin# show services sbc a sbe calls
SBC Service ''a'' Call State Type Src Adjacency Dest Adjacency ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 393 Activating Audio navtel1 navtel2 394 Activating Audio navtel1 navtel2 host1/Admin#
Related Commands
sbc name Name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-stats Lists the statistics for all the calls on the specified SBE.
39-443Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-stats
show services sbc sbe call-statsTo list the statistics for all the calls on the specified SBE, use the show services sbc sbe call-stats command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe call-stats period
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Readings are taken at 5-minute intervals past the hour (that is, 05, 10, 15, and so on). Current readings apply to the statistics since the last appropriate readings were taken.
If the time is now 12:34, currenthour will apply to the statistics collected since 00:00 and current15mins will be since 12:30. In this example, previous hour would be 11:00-12:00 and previous15mins would be 12:15-12:30.
sbc name Name of the SBC service.
period Specifies the interval when the statistics display. The possible values are:
• current15mins—Stats from current 15 minute interval. Shows the average of all snapshots taken since the last 15 minute boundary.
• current5mins—Stats from current 5 minute interval. Shows the instantaneous number of activating, deactivating or active calls.
• currentday—Stats from current day from midnight. Shows the average of all snapshots taken since the last 15 minute boundary.
• currenthour—Stats in current hour. Shows the average of all snapshots taken since the last 15 minute boundary.
• previous15mins—Stats from previous 15 minute interval. Shows the average of the four snapshots (taken on the 5 minute boundaries) during the previous full 15 minute period.
• previous5mins—Stats from previous 5 minute interval. Shows the instantaneous number of activating, deactivating or active calls at the previous 5 minute boundary.
• previousday—Stats from the previous day. Shows the average of the four snapshots taken since the last whole day multiple.
• previoushour—Stats from the previous hour. Shows the average of the four snapshots taken since the last whole hour multiple.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-444Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-stats
If a reading occurs on a 15 minute boundary (that is. 0:15, 0:30, 0:45, 1:00, and so on) the code will move the value of the current15 minutes bucket into the previous15 minutes bucket and reset the current15minutes. This process is repeated on hour and day boundaries for the previoushour and previousday statistics respectively.
The call-stats field descriptors are as follows:
• Active calls—When the period queried is "current5mins", this is the number of calls currently active at the instant that the query is issued. Otherwise, this is the average number of calls that have been active for the entire period.
• Activating calls—When the period queried is "current5mins", this is the number of calls currently activating at the instant that the query is issued. Otherwise, this is the average number of calls that have been activating for the entire period.
• Deactivating calls—When the period queried is "current5mins", this is the number of calls currently deactivating at the instant that the query is issued. Otherwise, this is the average number of calls that have been deactivating for the entire period.
• Total call attempts—Call establishment attempts made. Because a call attempt may have failed in a later summary period, this may include failed calls that are not included in the failed call attempt count.
• Failed call attempts—Call establishment attempts failed. Because a failed call attempt may result from a call that was started during a previous summary period, this may include call attempts that are not included in the total call attempt count.
• Successful call attempts—0 if the total call attempts are less than the failed call attempts; otherwise this is the total call attempts minus the failed call attempts.
• Call routing failed—The total number of call setup failures due to routing policies.
• Call resources failed—Call establishment attempts failed due to a resource failure.
• Call media failed—Call establishment attempts failed due to a media failure on a call. The media failure could be because the caller and callee could not agree on the media to use or because the SBC rejects the media request because it would break CAC policy.
• Call signaling failed—Call establishment attempts failed due to a signaling failure.
• Active call failures—Calls failed from an active state. Includes all deactivation causes other than normal release.
• Congestion failures—Call establishment attempts failed due to system congestion.
Examples The following example shows how to list the complete call statistics for the current hour:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-stats current15mins
SBC Service ''test'' Active calls: 0 Activating calls = 0 Deactivating calls = 0 Total call attempts = 0 Failed call attempts = 0 Successful call attempts = 0 Call routing failed = 0 Call resources failed = 0 Call media failed = 0 Call signaling failed = 0 Active call failures = 0 Congestion failures = 0
39-445Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-stats
Note The Deactivating calls statistic displays the number of calls that are undergoing deactivation internally in the SBC. This statistic does not include the number of calls for which the SBC is waiting for a response from an endpoint to signal call teardown.
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe call-rate-stats
Lists all of the current rate of attempted call setups per second over a short period of time.
39-446Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe codec-list
show services sbc sbe codec-listTo show information about the codec lists that are configured on the SBE, use the show services sbc sbe codec-list command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe codec-list list-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to display information about the codec list named my_codecs.
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe codec-list my_codecs
SBC Service "mySbc"
Codec list "my_codecs" (Legitimate codecs) Codec Name Min Packetization Period ========== ======================== PCMU 20ms G729 10ms
Related Commands
sbc name Name of the SBC service.
list-name Specifies the name of the codec list.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-447Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe gates
show services sbc sbe gatesTo list the gates created on the SBE, use the show services sbc sbe gates command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe gates
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to list the gates created on the SBE:
host1/Admin# show services sbc a sbe gates
SBC Service ''a'' Billing correlator A: 0x4803FFFFFF8EFFFFFFD12020202020202030000000000000000000 000544 Billing correlator B: 0x4803FFFFFF8EFFFFFFD12020202020202030000000000000000000 000543 Media Gateway is collocated Number of flow pairs = 1
host1/Admin#
sbc name Name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-448Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe h323 timers
show services sbc sbe h323 timersTo display a list of H.323 timer configuration, use the show services sbc sbe h323 command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe h323 timers
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe h323 timers command is used to display a list of H.323 timer configuration:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe h323 timers
SBC Service ''test'' H.323 Timers Global scope adjacency retry timeout 30000 h225 timeout setup 4000 h225 timeout proceeding 10000 h225 timeout establishment 180000 ras rrq ttl 60 ras rrq keepalive 45000 ras retry count (arq) 2 ras timeout (arq) 5000 ras retry count (brq) 2 ras timeout (brq) 3000 ras retry count (drq) 2 ras timeout (drq) 3000 ras retry count (grq) 2 ras timeout (grq) 5000 ras retry count (rrq) 2 ras timeout (rrq) 3000 ras retry count (urq) 1 ras timeout (urq) 3000
Adjacency tekOrig H225 Timeout Setup 4000 H225 Timeout Proceeding 10000 H225 Timeout Establishment 180000 RAS RRQ TTL 60 RAS RRQ Keepalive 45000 RAS Retry Count (arq) 2 RAS Timeout (arq) 5000
sbc name Name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-449Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe h323 timers
RAS Retry Count (brq) 2 RAS Timeout (brq) 3000 RAS Retry Count (drq) 2 RAS Timeout (drq) 3000 RAS Retry Count (grq) 2 RAS Timeout (grq) 5000 RAS Retry Count (rrq) 2 RAS Timeout (rrq) 3000 RAS Retry Count (urq) 1 RAS Timeout (urq) 3000
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe hunting-trigger Shows the the H.323 hunting triggers at the global level.
39-450Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe hold-media-timeout
show services sbc sbe hold-media-timeoutTo show the configured duration of the media timeout timer for on-hold calls, use the show services sbc sbe hold-media-timeout command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe hold-media-timeout
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows sample data for the media timeout timer for on-hold calls:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe hold-media-timeout
SBC Service "mysbc"
SBE On-hold media timeout duration is: 10 secondshost1/Admin#
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
hold-media-timeout Configures the time an SBE will wait after receiving a media timeout notification from the DBE for an on-hold call before tearing that call down.
39-451Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe hunting-trigger
show services sbc sbe hunting-triggerTo show the the H.323 or SIP hunting triggers at the global level, use the show services sbc sbe hunting-trigger command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe {h323 | sip} hunting-trigger
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows sample data for the media timeout timer for on-hold calls:
host1/Admin# show services sbc uut105-1 sbe h323 hunting-trigger
H.323 Hunting Triggers ---------------------- noBandwidth unreachableDestination destinationrejection noPermission badFormatAddress securityDenied
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the SBC service.
h323 Specifies H.323 hunting-trigger.
sip Specifies SIP hunting-trigger.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
hunting-trigger Configures failure return codes to trigger hunting.
39-452Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe media-gateway-associations
show services sbc sbe media-gateway-associationsTo list all the media gateways associated with this SBE and statistics associated with the media gateway, use the show services sbc sbe media-gateway-associations command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe media-gateway-associations
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to list all the media gateways associated with this SBE and statistics associated with the media gateway:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe media-gateway-associations
SBC Service ''test'' Media gateway 200.200.207.101:2944 Gateway Protocol = megaco Transport Protocol = UDP Local Address = 88.104.1.3:2944
Sent Received Failed Retried Requests 3687 1 0 0 Replies 1 3686 - 0
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe media-gateways Lists the gateway configuration and attachment status on SBE.
39-453Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe media-gateways
show services sbc sbe media-gatewaysTo list the gateway configuration and attachment status on SBE, use the show services sbc sbe media-gateways command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe media-gateways
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to list the gateway configuration and attachment status on SBEs:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe media-gateways
SBC Service “mySbc” Configured Gateway 10.0.0.1 Configured Gateway 100.1.0.1 Configured Gateway 172.3.4.9
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe media-gateway-associations
Lists all the media gateways associated with this SBE and statistics associated with the media gateway.
39-454Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-statsTo list the statistics for all of the policy failures on a specific SBE, use the show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe policy-failure-stats period
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Readings are taken at five-minute intervals past the hour (for example, 05, 10, 15 and so on). Current readings apply to the statistics since the last appropriate readings were taken.
If the time is now 12:34 then currenthour applies to the statistics collected since 11:35 and current15mins is since 12:20. Also, in this example, previoushour indicates 10:35-11:35 and previous15mins indicates 12:05-12:20.
Examples The following example shows the complete policy failure stats for the current hour:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe policy-failure-stats current15mins
sbc-name Specifies the SBC service.
period Specifies the time period for the statistics that you want to display. The time period can be one of the following:
• current15mins—Displays statistics in 15 minute intervals starting from the current minute.
• current5mins—Displays statistics in 5 minute intervals starting from the current minute.
• currentday—Displays statistics for the current day starting midnight of the same day.
• currenthour—Displays statistics for the current hour.
• previous15mins—Displays statistics from previous 15 minute intervals.
• previous5mins—Displays statistics from previous 5 minute intervals.
• previousday—Displays statistics from the previous day.
• previoushour—Displays statistics from the previous hour.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-455Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats
SBC Service ''test'' Policy failure statistics for the current 15 mins: Total call setup failures: 0 Total call update failures: 0 Call setups failed due to NA: 0 Call setups failed due to rtg: 0 Call setups failed due to CAC: 0 CAC fails due to num call lim: 0 CAC fails due to rate call lim: 0 CAC fails due to num channels lim: 0 CAC fails due to num media updates: 0 CAC fails due to bandwidth lim: 0
Related Commands Command Description
clear services sbc sbe policy-rejection-stats
Clears all the policy rejection statistics by the SBE.
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency
Lists the statistics for all the policy failures on the specified SBE.
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency
Lists the statistics for the policy failures for calls with the adjacency.
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account
Lists the statistics for the policy failures for calls with the account.
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account
Lists the statistics for the policy failures for calls with the account.
39-456Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-accountTo list policy failure statistics for a specified target account for a specified time period, use the show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account name period time-period
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example lists the policy failure statistics for an adjacent account named AA for the current hour:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account AA period currenthour
SBC Service “mysbc”Policy failure statistics for the current hour for source adjacency AA
Total call setup failures: 10
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
name Specifies the name of the account for which you would like to display statistics. The maximum length of this value is 30 characters.
period time-period Specifies the time period to which the statistics apply. Choose one of the following time intervals:
• current15mins—Displays statistics in 15 minute intervals starting from the current minute.
• current5mins—Displays statistics in 5 minute intervals starting from the current minute.
• currentday—Displays statistics for the current day starting midnight of the same day.
• currenthour—Displays statistics for the current hour.
• previous15mins—Displays statistics from previous 15 minute intervals.
• previous5mins—Displays statistics from previous 5 minute intervals.
• previousday—Displays statistics from the previous day.
• previoushour—Displays statistics from the previous hour.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-457Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account
Call setups failed due to NA: 5Call setups failed due to rtg: 3Call setups failed due to CAC: 2CAC fails due to num call lim: 1CAC fails due to rate call lim: 0CAC fails due to num channels lim: 0CAC fails due to bandwidth lim: 1
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency
Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified target adjacency for the specified time period.
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account
Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified source account for the specified time period.
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency
Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified source adjacency for the specified time period.
39-458Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacencyTo list policy failure statistics for a specified target adjacency for a specified time period use the show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency name period time-period
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows the policy failure statistics for an adjacency named ZZ for the current hour:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency ZZ period currenthour
SBC Service “mysbc”Policy failure statistics for the current hour for source adjacency ZZ
Total call setup failures: 10
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
name Specifies the name of the adjacency for which you would like to display statistics. The maximum length of this value is 30 characters.
period time-period Specifies the time period to which the statistics apply. Choose one of the following time intervals:
• current15mins—Displays statistics in 15 minute intervals starting from the current minute.
• current5mins—Displays statistics in 5 minute intervals starting from the current minute.
• currentday—Displays statistics for the current day starting midnight of the same day.
• currenthour—Displays statistics for the current hour.
• previous15mins—Displays statistics from previous 15 minute intervals.
• previous5mins—Displays statistics from previous 5 minute intervals.
• previousday—Displays statistics from the previous day.
• previoushour—Displays statistics from the previous hour.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-459Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency
Call setups failed due to NA: 5Call setups failed due to rtg: 3Call setups failed due to CAC: 2CAC fails due to num call lim: 1CAC fails due to rate call lim: 0CAC fails due to num channels lim: 0CAC fails due to bandwidth lim: 1
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account
Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified target account for the specified time period.
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account
Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified source account for the specified time period.
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency
Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified source adjacency for the specified time period.
39-460Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-accountTo list policy failure statistics for a specified source account for a specified time period use the show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe policy-failure-stats src-account name period time-period
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows the policy failure statistics for a source account named BB for the current hour:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account BB period currenthour
SBC Service “mysbc”Policy failure statistics for the current hour for source adjacency BB
Total call setup failures: 10
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
name Specifies the name of the account for which you would like to display statistics. The maximum length of this value is 30 characters.
period time-period Specifies the time period to which the statistics apply. Choose one of the following time intervals:
• current15mins—Displays statistics in 15 minute intervals starting from the current minute.
• current5mins—Displays statistics in 5 minute intervals starting from the current minute.
• currentday—Displays statistics for the current day starting midnight of the same day.
• currenthour—Displays statistics for the current hour.
• previous15mins—Displays statistics from previous 15 minute intervals.
• previous5mins—Displays statistics from previous 5 minute intervals.
• previousday—Displays statistics from the previous day.
• previoushour—Displays statistics from the previous hour.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-461Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account
Call setups failed due to NA: 5Call setups failed due to rtg: 3Call setups failed due to CAC: 2CAC fails due to num call lim: 1CAC fails due to rate call lim: 0CAC fails due to num channels lim: 0CAC fails due to bandwidth lim: 1
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency
Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified target adjacency for the specified time period.
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account
Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified target account for the specified time period.
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency
Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified source adjacency for the specified time period.
39-462Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacencyTo list policy failure statistics for a specified source adjacency for a specified time period use the show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency name period time-period
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example displays policy failure statistics for a source adjacency named YY for the current hour:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency Acct1 period current15mins
SBC Service ''test'' Policy failure statistics for the current 15 mins for source adjacency Acct1 Total call setup failures: 0 Call setups failed due to NA: 0
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
name Specifies the name of the adjacency for which you would like to display statistics. The maximum name length is 30 characters.
period time-period Specifies the time period to which the statistics apply. Choose one of the following time intervals:
• current15mins—Displays statistics in 15 minute intervals starting from the current minute.
• current5mins—Displays statistics in 5 minute intervals starting from the current minute.
• currentday—Displays statistics for the current day starting midnight of the same day.
• currenthour—Displays statistics for the current hour.
• previous15mins—Displays statistics from previous 15 minute intervals.
• previous5mins—Displays statistics from previous 5 minute intervals.
• previousday—Displays statistics from the previous day.
• previoushour—Displays statistics from the previous hour.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-463Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency
Call setups failed due to rtg: 0 Call setups failed due to CAC: 0 CAC fails due to num call lim: 0 CAC fails due to rate call lim: 0 CAC fails due to num channels lim: 0 CAC fails due to bandwidth lim: 0
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency
Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified target adjacency for the specified time period.
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account
Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified source account for the specified time period.
show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account
Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified target account for the specified time period.
39-464Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe qos-profiles
show services sbc sbe qos-profilesTo list all QoS profiles, use the show services sbc sbe qos-profiles command in EXEC mode. If you specify a QoS profile, the details of that profile are shown.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe qos-profiles [profile-name]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to list all of the QoS profiles on the SBE:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe qos-profiles
SBC Service ''test'' Profile name Class --------------------------------------------------------- default Voice profile6 Voice residential Voice default Video profile3 Video profile5 Video profile7 Video profile9 Video default Fax default Signaling profile2 Signaling profile4 Signaling profile8 Signaling 7
The show services sbc test sbe qos-profiles command is invalid when displaying one profile. Correct usage is singular as shown below.
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe qos-profiles profile6 ^ % long command detected at '^' marker.
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe qos-profile profile6 SBC Service ''test'' QoS profile profile6 Class of Service Voice Marking type Passthrough
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
profile-name (Optional) Specifies the profile name.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-465Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe qos-profiles
host1/Admin#
Related Commands Command Description
callee-video-qos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for video media packets sent to the original callee.
callee-voice-qos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for voice media packets sent to the original callee.
39-466Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting acounting
show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting acountingTo list the the parameters configured for the account, use the show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting acounting command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe radius-client-accounting acounting client-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example lists the the parameters configured for accounting:
host1/Admin# show services sbc uut105-1 sbe radius-client-accounting accounting SBC1-account-1
SBC Service ''uut105-1'' radius client address = 88.105.2.100 radius client retry interval = 1200 radius client retry limit = 5 radius client concurrent requests limit = 250 host1/Admin#
Related Commands
sbc name Name of the SBC service.
client-name Clears all statistics for the specified local RADIUS client.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting authentication
Lists the the parameters configured for the authentication.
39-467Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting authentication
show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting authenticationTo list the the parameters configured for the authentication, use the show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting authentication command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe radius-client-accounting authentication
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example lists the the parameters configured for the authentication:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe radius-client-accounting authentication
SBC Service ''node105'' radius client address = 88.105.128.100 radius client retry interval = 1800 radius client retry limit = 5 radius client concurrent requests limit = 250
Related Commands
sbc name Name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting acounting
Lists the the parameters configured for the account.
39-468Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe radius-client-stats
show services sbc sbe radius-client-statsTo list the RADIUS accounting client statistics for all accounting clients configured on an SBE, use the show services sbc sbe radius-client-stats command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe radius-client-stats radius-client [accounting client-name | authentication]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to list the RADIUS accounting server statistics for all accounting servers configured on an SBE:
host1/Admin# show services sbc j sbe radius-client-stats accounting CISCO_UMSBC Service "j" Bad address packets: 0 Primary server: RADIUS1 Radius SET state: Active
The following example shows how to list the RADIUS accounting server statistics for all authentication servers configured on an SBE:
host1/Admin# show services sbc j sbe radius-client-stats authentication SBC Service "j" Bad address packets: 0 Primary server:
Related Commands
sbc name Name of the SBC service.
radius-client Specifies the RADIUS client to show.
accounting client-name
Specifies the name to assign to the accounting RADIUS client.
authentication Enables client authentication.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe radius-server-stats Lists the RADIUS server statistics for all accounting servers.
39-469Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe radius-server-stats
show services sbc sbe radius-server-statsTo list the RADIUS server statistics for all accounting servers configured on a RADIUS client on an SBE, use the show services sbc sbe radius-server-stats command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe radius-server-stats radius-client [accounting client-name | authentication]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to list the RADIUS server statistics for all accounting servers configured on a radius client on an SBE:
host1/Admin# show services sbc sanity sbe radius-server-stats accounting SBC1-account-1
SBC Service ''sanity'' Cisco-AR1-PC: Round trip time: 0 ms Access-requests sent: 0 Access-request retransmitted: 0 Access-accepts received: 0 Access-reject received: 0 Access-challenge received: 0 Accounting-requests sent: 0 Accounting-requests retransmitted: 0 Accounting-responses received: 0 Malformed packets received: 0 Invalid authenticators received: 0 Outstanding repsonses: 0 Timeouts occurred: 0 Unknown packets: 0 Packets dropped: 0
The following example shows how to list the RADIUS server statistics for all authentication servers configured on a radius client on an SBE:
host1/Admin# show services sbc sanity sbe radius-server-stats authentication
sbc name Name of the SBC service.
radius-client Specifies the RADIUS client to show.
accounting client-name
Specifies the name to assign to the accounting RADIUS client.
authentication Enables client authentication.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-470Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe radius-server-stats
SBC Service ''sanity'' Cisco-AR1-PC: Round trip time: 0 ms Access-requests sent: 0 Access-request retransmitted: 0 Access-accepts received: 0 Access-reject received: 0 Access-challenge received: 0 Accounting-requests sent: 0 Accounting-requests retransmitted: 0 Accounting-responses received: 0 Malformed packets received: 0 Invalid authenticators received: 0 Outstanding repsonses: 0 Timeouts occurred: 0 Unknown packets: 0 Packets dropped: 0
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe radius-client-stats Lists the RADIUS accounting client statistics for all accounting clients.
39-471Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe redirect-limit
show services sbc sbe redirect-limitTo display the current limit on the maximum number of redirections that a call can undergo, use the show services sbc sbe redirect-limit command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe redirect-limit
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example displays the limit on the maximum number of redirections that a call can undergo:
host1/Admin# show service sbc mysbc sbe redirect-limit
SBC Service “mySbc”Call redirect limit is 4
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
redirect-limit Configures the maximum number of redirections that SBC performs on a call.
39-472Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe resource-priority-sets
show services sbc sbe resource-priority-setsTo display the resource priority sets, use the show services sbc sbe resource-priority-sets command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe resource-priority-sets
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Lists the high-level status and capabilities of each instantiated SBE or DBE.
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe resource-priority-sets command is used to display the resource priority sets:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe resource-priority-setsSBC Service ''mysbc'' Resource priority sets --------------------------------------------------------- dsn host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe resource-priority-set dsn SBC Service ''mysbc'' Resource priority set: dsn
Name Value --------------------------------------------------------------------- dsn.flash Flash ACE-104-1.4/Admin#
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
priority Configures the priority to associate with the Resource-Priority.
39-473Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sdp-h245-mapping
show services sbc sbe sdp-h245-mappingTo display the mapping for codec strings between SDP (SIP) and H245 (H323), use the show services sbc sbe sdp-h245-mapping command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sdp-h245-mapping
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Lists the high-level status and capabilities of each instantiated SBE or DBE.
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sdp-h245-mapping command is used.
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe sdp-h245-mappings
SBC Service ''mysbc''
SDP H.245 ------------------ PCMA g711Alaw64k PCMU g711Ulaw64k G722 g722_64k G723 g7231 G728 g728 G729 g729, g729AnnexA, g729wAnnexB, g729AnnexAwAnnexB GSM gsmFullRate t38 t38Fax
In H.323 calls, - T.38 fax is the only non-audio codec supported. - Audio codecs not in the list above are reported as ''PCMU''.
In SIP/H.323 interworking calls, only audio codecs using static RTP payload types are supported.
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-474Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sdp-h245-mapping
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe sdp-match-table Shows the SDP match table configured on the SBC.
39-475Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sdp-match-table
show services sbc sbe sdp-match-tableTo show the SDP match table configured on the SBC, use the show services sbc sbe sdp-match-table command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sdp-match-table [detail]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sdp-match-table command is used to display SDP match table:
host1/Admin# show services sbc pgw sbe sdp-match-table detail Name : m <--- table name Action : blacklist <--- action: blacklist or whitelite Match String : ddd <--- several match string ddf ------------------------------------------------- Name : n Action : whitelist Match String : 2 3 4
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
detail Shows the SDP attribute configured on a given SDP match table.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe sdp-h245-mapping Displays the mapping for codec strings between SDP (SIP) and H245 (H323).
39-476Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sdp-policy-table
show services sbc sbe sdp-policy-tableTo show the SDP policy table configured on the SBC, use the show services sbc sbe sdp-policy-table command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sdp-policy-table
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe resource-priority-sets command is used to display the SDP policy table:
host1/Admin# show services sbc pgw sbe sdp-policy-table Name SDP Match Table -------------------------------------------------- p m <--- "m" is sdp match table name
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe sdp-match-table Shows the SDP match table configured on the SBC.
39-477Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip essential-headers
show services sbc sbe sip essential-headersTo display a list of the essential SIP headers, use the show services sbc sbe sip essential-headers command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip essential-headers
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip essential-headers command is used to display a list of all essential headers:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe sip essential-headers
Essential headers: AUTHORIZATION CALL-ID CONTACT CONTENT-LENGTH CONTENT-TYPE CSEQ EVENT EXPIRES FROM MAX-FORWARDS MIN-EXPIRES PROXY-AUTHORIZATION PROXY-AUTHENTICATE PROXY-REQUIRE RACK RECORD-ROUTE REFERRED-BY REFER-TO REPLACES REQUIRE ROUTE RSEQ SUBSCRIPTION-STATE SUPPORTED TO VIA WWW-AUTHENTICATE
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe sip header-profiles
Displays a list of all configured SIP header profiles.
39-478Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip essential-methods
show services sbc sbe sip essential-methodsTo display a list of the essential SIP methods, use the show services sbc sbe sip essential-methods command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip essential-methods
Syntax Description.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip essential-methods command is used to display a list of all essential methods:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe sip essential-methods
Essential methods: ACK BYE CANCEL INVITE NOTIFY PRACK REFER REGISTER SUBSCRIBE
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe sip method-profiles
Displays a list of all configured SIP method profiles.
39-479Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip essential-options
show services sbc sbe sip essential-optionsTo show the options that are vital for base SBC operation, use the show services sbc sbe sip essential-options command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip essential-options
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines These options can not be configured on an option profile.
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip essential-options command is used to display a list of all essential methods:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe sip essential-optionsEssential options: 100REL
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe sip method-profiles Displays a list of all configured SIP method profiles.
39-480Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip fast-register-stats
show services sbc sbe sip fast-register-statsTo show how many subscribers have been afforded fast register status by the application, use the show services sbc sbe sip fast-register-stats command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip fast-register-stats
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines A register message in the context of this command is counted as a unique combination of the pair of address-of-record (AOR) and Contact-URI (CURI). Thus, a single REGISTER message from the subscriber, identified by an AOR with two contact URI will translate to a count of 2.
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip essential-options command is used to display a list of all essential methods:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe sip fast-register-statsSBC Service "mysbc"
SIP fast register statistics: Total entries: 15
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-481Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip header-profile
show services sbc sbe sip header-profileTo display details of the specified SIP header profile, use the show services sbc sbe sip header-profile command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip header-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip header-profile command is used to display details of the specified header profile:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe sip header-profile default
Header profile ''default'' Type: Whitelist Headers: HEADERS-A HEADERS-B HEADERS-C Adjacency: sip-60 (out) Adjacency: sip-61 (in)
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
profile-name Specifies the name of the header profile. If you enter the name default, the details of the default header profile are displayed.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe sip header-profiles
Displays a list of all configured SIP header profiles.
39-482Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip header-profiles
show services sbc sbe sip header-profilesTo display a list of all configured SIP header profiles, use the show services sbc sbe sip header-profiles command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip header-profiles
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip header-profiles command is used to display a list of all configured header profiles:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe sip header-profiles
Header profile for SBC service "mysbc"Name In use====================================Profile1 YesDefault No
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.00 Enhanced to show additional information.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe sip header-profile
Displays details of the specified SIP header profile.
39-483Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip method-profile
show services sbc sbe sip method-profileTo display details for the specified method profile, use the show services sbc sbe sip method-profile command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip method-profile prof-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip method-profile command is used to display a specific method profile:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe sip method-profile method2
Method profile ''method2'' Type: Whitelist Methods: meth1 meth2 Adjacency: sip-60 (in) Adjacency: sip-61 (out)
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
prof-name Name of profile.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Release 3.1.00 Enhanced to show the response code map.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe sip header-profile Displays details of the specified SIP header profile.
39-484Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip method-profiles
show services sbc sbe sip method-profilesTo display a list of all SIP method profiles, use the show services sbc sbe sip method-profiles command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip method-profiles
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip method-profiles command is used to display a list of all configured method profiles:
host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe sip method-profilesMethod profile for SBC service "mysbc"Name In use====================================Profile1 NoDefault Yes
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe sip method-profile
Displays details of the specified SIP method profile.
39-485Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip option-profile
show services sbc sbe sip option-profileTo show the details for a specified option profile, use the show services sbc sbe sip option-profile command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip option-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip option-profile command is used to display details of the specified option profile:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe sip option-profile profile1
Option profile ''profile1'' Type: Whitelist Options: opt1 Adjacency: sip-60 (in-px) NABOO_4/Admin#show services sbc test sbe sip option-profile profile2 Option profile ''profile2'' Type: Whitelist Options: opt1 opt2 Not in use with any adjacencies
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
profile-name Specifies the name of the profile.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe sip option-profiles
Displays a list of all configured SIP option profiles.
39-486Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip-method-stats
show services sbc sbe sip-method-statsTo show the summary or detailed statistics for a SIP method, use the show services sbc sbe sip-method-stats command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip-method-stats adj-name sip-req-name sip-response-code summery-period
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Summary statistics displays all the response codes sent and received for a specific SIP method.
Detailed statistics displays the statistics for specific SIP method and response code. You must use the sip-response-code string to view detailed statistics.
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip-method-stats command is used to display summary statistics for a specific SIP method:
host1//Admin# show services sbc sbc sbe sip-method-stats sip-41 invite currenthour
SBC Service "sbc"
Adjacency sip-41 (SIP)
Statistics for SIP method INVITE
Total request recieved :3
Total request sent :0
Total 1xx response received :0
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
adj-name Specifies the name of the adjacency.
sip-req-name Specifies the request name: ACK BYE CANCEL INFO INVITE MESSAGE NOTIFY OPTIONS PRACK REFER REGISTER SUBSCRIBE UNKNOWN UPDATE
sip-response-code 100-999
summery-period Values you can enter are current5mins, current15mins, currenthour, currentday, previous5mins, previous15mins, previoushour, or previousday.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-487Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip-method-stats
Total 1xx response sent :3
Total 2xx response received :0
Total 2xx response sent :0
Total 3xx response received :0
Total 3xx response sent :0
Total 4xx response received :0
Total 4xx response sent :0
Total 5xx response received :0
Total 5xx response sent :0
Total 6xx response received :0
Total 6xx response sent :3
Other response received :0
Other response sent :0
host1/Admin#
The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip-method-stats command is used to display detailed statistics for a specific SIP method:
host1//Admin# show services sbc sbc sbe sip-method-stats sip-41 invite 604 currenthour
SBC Service "sbc"
Adjacency sip-41 (SIP)
Statistics for SIP method INVITE ,response 604
Response recieved: 0
Response sent : 3
host1/Admin#
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe sip option-profiles
Displays a list of all configured SIP option profiles.
39-488Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip option-profiles
show services sbc sbe sip option-profilesTo display a summary of the configured option profiles, use the show services sbc sbe sip option-profiles command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip option-profiles
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip option-profiles command is used to display details of the specified header profile:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe sip option-profiles Option profiles for SBC service "test":
Name Description In use =================================================== default Default profile Yes OP1 Option profile 1 Yes OP2 Option profile 2 Yes OPTest Unused profile No
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
profile-name Specifies the name of the profile.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sip option-profile Configures an option profile.
39-489Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbc sbe sip parameter-profile
show services sbc sbc sbe sip parameter-profile To display a summary of the configured parameter-profile, use the show services sbc sbc sbe sip parameter-profile command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip parameter-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbc sbe sip parameter-profile command is used to display details of the specified parmater-profile access-param:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe sip parameter-profile access-param Parameter profile "access-param" Description: Parameters: firewall action add-or-replace value private-ip-address Not in use with any method-profile In use by header-profile:access,header:contact,entry:1ACE-7/Admin# sh services sbc sbc sbe sip header-profile proxy Header profile "proxy" Description: Type: Whitelist Headers: contact entry 1 action as-profile parameter-profile proxy-param Not in use with any adjacencies Not in use with any method-profile
Related Commands
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
profile-name Specifies the name of the profile.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
parameter-profile Configures a parameter profile.
39-490Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip subscribers
show services sbc sbe sip subscribersTo display details of all SIP endpoints that have registered with the SBC, use the show services sbc sbe sip subscribers command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip subscribers [filter prefix] [adjacency adj-name]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip subscribers command is used to display details of the SIP endpoints that have registered with the SBC:
host1/Admin# show services sbc node2 sbe sip subscribers
SBC Service "mysbc"SIP subscribers:
AOR: sip:[email protected] Location[s]: sip:[email protected]:5060 -> 7200-2 Fast register active, fast time remaining 88 sip:[email protected]:5060 -> 7200-2 Fast register active, fast time remaining 88SIP URI: sip:[email protected]:5070Registrar adj: 7200-1Time left: 181 secs
AOR: sip:[email protected] Location[s]: sip:[email protected]:5060 -> 7200-2 Fast register active, fast time remaining 88 sip:[email protected]:5060 -> 7200-2 Fast register active, fast time remaining 88SIP URI: sip:[email protected]:5070Registrar adj: 7200-1Time left: 181 secs
sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.
filter prefix Match only subscribers whose address-of-record starts with the specified prefix.
adjacency adj-name Match only subscribers registered on this adjacency.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-491Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip subscribers
Related Commands Command Description
show services sbc sbe sip timers Displays the current configuration of SIP-related timers.
39-492Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip timers
show services sbc sbe sip timersTo show the current configuration of SIP-related timers, use the show services sbc sbe sip timers command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc service-name sbe sip timers
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Examples The following example shows how to list the configurations of SIP-related timers:
host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe sip timers
SBC Service ''test''
IP timer configuration: TCP connect timeout: 0 ms TCP idle timeout: 120000 ms TLS idle timeout: 3600000 ms INVITE timeout: 180 s UDP first retransmit interval: 500 ms UDP max retransmit interval: 4000 ms UDP response linger period: 5000 ms
Related Commands
service-name Specifies the name of the SBC.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe sip subscribers Displays details of all SIP endpoints that have registered with the SBC.
39-493Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc services
show services sbc servicesTo display lists all of the SBC services on the chassis, use the show services sbc services command in EXEC mode.
show services sbc services
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes EXEC (#)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Lists the high-level status and capabilities of each instantiated SBE or DBE.
Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc services command is used to display lists of all the SBC services on the chassis.
host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc services
SBC Service "mySbc"SBE capabilities SIP Signaling H.323 Signaling H.248 media gateway control (MGC)
DBE capabilities
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe calls Shows all the calls on the SBC.
39-494Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands signaling-address ipv4
signaling-address ipv4To define the local IPv4 signaling address of an H.323 or SIP adjacency, use the signaling-address ipv4 command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.
signaling-address ipv4 ipv4_IP_address
no signaling-address
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
When defined, the SBE listens on this address for inbound call signaling from the adjacency. If two adjacencies share the same signaling address, a different remote domain name must be specified for each one.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to listen on signaling address 10.1.0.2:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# signaling-address ipv4 10.1.0.2
The following example shows how to configure the SIP adjacency adjSip1 to listen on signaling address 10.10.10.10:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip adjSip1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# signaling-address ipv4 10.10.10.10
ipv4_IP_address Specifies the IPv4 address for the signaling address of the SIP or H.323 adjacency.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-495Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands signaling-address ipv4
Related Commands Command Description
signaling-peer-port Configures an H.323 or SIP adjacency to use the given remote signaling-peer’s port.
39-496Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands signaling-peer
signaling-peerTo configure an H.323 or SIP adjacency to use the given remote signaling-peer, use the signaling-peer command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.
signaling-peer gk peer-name
no signaling-peer
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to use gatekeeper andrew:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# signaling-peer gk andrew
Note You can use the signaling-peer command to configure the SIP adjacency using the IP address or the hostname of the given remote signaling-peer.
The following example shows how to configure SIP adjacency using the IP address of the given remote signaling-peer:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip adjSip1
peer-name Specifies the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format.
gk Specifies the H.323 gatekeeper.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-497Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands signaling-peer
host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# signaling-peer 10.1.2.3
The following example shows how to configure SIP adjacency using the hostname of the given remote signaling-peer:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42
host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# signaling-peer athene
Related Commands Command Description
signaling-peer-port Configures an H.323 or SIP adjacency to use the given remote signaling-peer’s port.
39-498Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands signaling-peer-port
signaling-peer-portTo configure an H.323 or SIP adjacency to use the given remote signaling-peer’s port, use the signaling-peer-port command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.
signaling-peer-port port-num
no signaling-peer-port
Syntax Description
Command Default By default, this command assumes that port-num is 5060.
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to use port 123 on the signaling peer:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# signaling-peer-port 123
The following example shows how to configure the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to port 123 as the signaling peer’s port:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# signaling-peer-port 123
Related Commands
port-num Specifies the number of the signaling port. Range is 1 to 65535.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
signaling-peer Configures an H.323 or SIP adjacency to use the given remote signaling-peer.
39-499Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands signaling-port
signaling-portTo define the local port of signaling address of an H.323 or SIP adjacency, use the signaling-port command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
signaling-port port-num
no signaling-port
Syntax Description
Command Default port-num: 5060
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
The SBE will listen on this port for inbound call signaling from the adjacency. The port will also be appended to the SBE’s contact header on outbound SIP requests and responses.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to listen on signaling port 5000:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# signaling-port 5000
Related Commands
port-num Specifies the number of the signaling peer. Range is 1 to 65535.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
signaling-address ipv4 Configures a SIP adjacency to use the given remote signaling-peer.
39-500Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip
sipTo create the SIP configuration mode, use the sip command in SBE configuration mode. To remove the DBE entity, use the no form of this command.
sip
no sip
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values.
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Examples The following command creates a DBE and enters the SBC-DBE configuration mode.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-501Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip dns
sip dnsTo enter the SIP DNS configuration mode, use the sip dns command in the SBE configuration mode. To exit this mode, use the exit command.
sip dns
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values.
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure limits on DNS entries:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip dnshost1/Admin(config-sbe-dns)#
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
cache-lifetime Configures the lifetime of any DNS entry.
cache-limit Configures the maximum number of entries that are permitted in the DNS cache.
39-502Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip encryption key
sip encryption keyTo configure a global encryption key on a SIP Interconnection Border Control Function (IBCF) adjacency, use the sip encryption key command in the SIP adjacency mode. To deconfigure the global encryption key, use the no form of this command.
sip encryption key key
no sip encryption key key
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values.
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the sip encryption key command is used to configure a global encryption key on a SIP IBCF adjacency:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# encryption key mykey
Related Commands
key Specifies the encryption key.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sip inherit profile Configures a global inherit profile in the SIP adjacency mode.
39-503Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip header-profile
sip header-profile To configure a header profile in the mode of an SBE entity, use the sip header-profile command in SBE configuration mode. To remove the method profile, use the no form of this command.
sip header-profile profile-name
no sip method-profile
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the sip header-profile command configures a method profile with the name of test1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile test1
profile-name Specifies the name of the method profile. If you enter the name default, the default profile is configured.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-504Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip home network identifier
sip home network identifierTo configure a home network identifier on all IBCF adjacencies, use the sip home network identifier command in the SBE cconfiguration mode. To deconfigure the home network identifier, use the no form of this command.
sip home network identifier network-name
no sip home network identifier
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the home network identifier command is used to configure a home network identifier on all IBCF adjacencies:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip home network identifier myhome.com
Related Commands
network-name Specifies the name of the home network identifier.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sip visited network identifier
Configures a visited network identifier on a SIP Proxy-Call Session Control Function (P-CSCF) adjacency.
39-505Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip hunting-trigger
sip hunting-triggerTo configure failure return codes to trigger hunting, use the sip hunting-trigger command in the SBE configuration mode.The no form of the command clears all error codes.
If you enter no hunting-trigger x y, then just codes x and y are removed from the configured list.
sip hunting-trigger error-codes
no sip hunting-trigger error-codes
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration(config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines If you enter hunting-trigger x followed by hunting-trigger y, the value of x is replaced with y.
To set both x and y to be hunting triggers, you must enter hunting-trigger x y.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode.
The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure SIP to retry routing if it receives a 415 (media unsupported) or 480 (temporarily unavailable) error:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin (config-sbc-sbe)# sip hunting trigger 416 480
Related Commands
error-codes Signifies a space-separated list of SIP numeric error codes.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbc sbe hunting-trigger
Shows the the H.323 or SIP hunting triggers at the global level.
39-506Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sipi
sipiTo configure the SIP-I commands on a SIP adjacency, use the sipi command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To deconfigure the SIP-I commands, use the no form of this command.
sipi passthrough
no sipi passthrough
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the sipi command is used to configure a SIP adjacency for SIP-I passthrough:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# sipi passthrough
Related Commands
passthrough Configures a SIP adjacency for SIP-I passthrough.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
show services sbcs sbe adjacencies
Lists the adjacencies configured on the SBE.
39-507Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip inherit profile
sip inherit profileTo configure a global inherit profile, use the sip inherit profile command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To deconfigure the global inherit profile, use the no form of this command.
sip inherit profile {preset-ibcf-ext-untrusted | preset-ibcf-external | preset-ibcf-internal | preset-p-cscf-access | preset-p-cscf-core | preset-standard-non-ims}
no sip inherit profile
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
SBE configuration(config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the sip inherit profile command is used to configure a P-CSCF-access inherit profile on a SIP adjacency:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# inherit profile preset-p-cscf-access
The following example shows how to configure a P-CSCF-access default profile:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip inherit profile preset-p-cscf-access
preset-ibcf-ext-untrusted Specifies a preset IBCF external untrusted profile.
preset-ibcf-external Specifies a preset IBCF external profile.
preset-ibcf-internal Specifies a preset IBCF internal profile.
preset-p-cscf-access Specifies a preset P-CSCF-access profile.
preset-p-cscf-core Specifies a preset P-CSCF-core profile.
preset-standard-non-ims Specified a preset standard-non-IMS profile.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-508Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip inherit profile
Related Commands Command Description
sip timer Enters the mode of a SIP timer function.
39-509Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip max-connections
sip max-connectionsTo configure the maximum number of SIP connections that will be made to each remote address, use the sip max-channels command in SBE configuration mode. To set this to an unlimited number of connections, use the no form of this command.
sip max-connections number-of-connections
no sip max-connections number-of-connections
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration(config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures the maximum number of connections to each remote address to 1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip max-connections 1
Related Commands
number-of-connections The maximum number of connections.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
max-bandwidth Configures the maximum bandwidth for an entry in an admission control table.
max-regs-rate Configures the maximum call number of subscriber registrations for an entry in an admission control table.
max-updates Configures the maximum call updates for an entry in an admission control table.
39-510Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip method-profile
sip method-profile To configure a method profile in the mode of an SBE entity, use the sip method-profile command in SBE configuration mode. To remove the method profile, use the no form of this command.
sip method-profile profile-name
no sip method-profile
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the sip method-profile command configures a method profile with the name of test1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip method-profile test1
profile-name Specifies the name of the method profile. If you enter the name default, the default profile is configured. This profile is used for all adjacencies that do not have a specific profile configured.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-511Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip option-profile
sip option-profile To configure an option profile in the mode of an SBE entity for a SIP option whitelist or blacklist profile, use the sip option-profile command in SBE configuration mode. To remove the option profile, use the no form of this command.
sip option-profile {profile-name | default}
no sip option-profile {profile-name | default}
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
If a configuration is loaded on top of an active configuration, warnings are generated to notify that the configuration cannot be modified. If you must modify the entire configuration by loading a new one, please remove the existing configuration first.
Use the sip option-profile command to enter SBE SIP option configuration mode.
If you use the default keyword, the default profile is configured. This profile is used for all adjacencies which do not have a specific profile configured.
Examples The following example shows how to configure an option profile with the name of test1.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip method-profile test1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-opt)#
profile name Name of the method profile.
default Configures the default option profile.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.0 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-512Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip option-profile
Related Commands Command Description
blacklist Configures SIP header or method blacklist profiles on a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) message.
description Configures the description for the SIP header-profile or SIP method-profile.
method Adds a method with a specified name to a SIP message profile.
pass-body Permits SIP message bodies to pass through [for non-vital SIP methods accepted by a method profile] in the SIP method profile mode of an SBE entity.
39-513Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip parameter-profile
sip parameter-profile To configure a parameter profile for a method profile in the mode of an SBE entity, use the sip parameter-profile command in SBE configuration mode. To remove the parameter profile, use the no form of this command.
sip parameter-profile profile-name
no sip parameter-profile profile-name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
The following example shows how to configure a parameter profile with the name of paramprof1:
host1/Admin# confhost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip parameter-profile paramprof1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm)# parameter userhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm-ele)# action add-not-present value phone
Related Commands
profile name Name of the parameter profile.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.0 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sip-method profile Configures a method-profile.
39-514Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip ping-support
sip ping-supportTo allow SIP ping support, use the sip ping-support command in SBE configuration mode. To disable SIP ping-support, use the no form of this command.
sip ping-support
no sip ping-support
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default Ping support is disabled.
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure SIP ping support:
host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip ping-support
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sip inherit profile Configures a global inherit profile.
39-515Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip timer
sip timerTo enter the mode of the SIP timer function, use the sip timer command in SBE configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
sip timer
no sip timer
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to enter the SIP timer submode:
host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip timerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sip inherit profile Configures a global inherit profile.
39-516Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip visited network identifier
sip visited network identifierTo configure a visited network identifier on a SIP P-CSCF adjacency, use the sip visited network identifier command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the visited network identifier, use the no form of this command.
sip visited network identifier network-name
no sip visited network identifier
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to use the sip visited network identifier command to configure a visited network identifier on a P-CSCF-access adjacency:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# sip visited network identifier cisco.com2
Related Commands
network-name Specifies the name of the visited network identifier.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
sip home network identifier
Configures a home network identifier on all IBCF adjacencies.
39-517Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands snmp-server enable traps sbc
snmp-server enable traps sbc To enable all SBC notification types, use the snmp-server enable traps sbc command in global configuration mode without keywords. To disable all SBC notification types, use the no form of this command without keywords.
snmp-server enable traps sbc [adj-status | blacklist | congestion-alarm | h248-ctrlr-status | media-source | radius-conn-status | sla-violation | svc-state ]
no snmp-server enable traps sbc [adj-status | blacklist | congestion-alarm | h248-ctrlr-status | media-source | radius-conn-status | sla-violation | svc-state ]
Syntax Description
Command Default Disable all SBC related traps.
Command Modes Global configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Use the snmp-server enable traps sbc command by itself to enable or disable all of the SNMP traps. Use specific keywords to enable or disable specific SNMP traps.
After you enable the trap, you will need to specify the recipient of a SNMP notification operation with the snmp-server host command. For information about that command, see the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 SR Command References at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122sr/cr/index.htm.
Examples The following example shows how to enable only the SNMP blacklist notification:
Router/Admin# configureRouter/Admin(config)# snmp-server enable traps sbc blacklist
adj-status Enable SNMP SBC Adjacency Status traps.
blacklist Enable SNMP SBC Blacklist traps.
congestion-alarm Enable SNMP SBC Congestion Alarm traps.
h248-ctrlr-status Enable SNMP SBC H.248 Controller Status traps.
media-source Enable SNMP SBC Media Source Alert traps.
radius-conn-status Enable SNMP SBC Radius Connect Status traps.
sla-violation Enable SNMP SBC Sla Violation traps.
svc-state Enable SNMP SBC Service state traps.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-518Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands statistics-setting
statistics-settingTo enable summary statistics or detailed response codes statistics recording for an SIP adjacency, use the statistics-setting command in the Adjacency SIP configuration mode.
statistics-setting summary/detail
Syntax Description
Command Default Disabled.
Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
When changing statistics-setting command from detailed to summary, the detailed statistics will be lost.
Examples The following example shows how to enable summary statistics for an SIP adjacency:
host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip sipGWhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# statistics-setting summary host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# end
Related Commands
summary Displays
detail
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
show services sbc sbe sip-method-stats
Shows the number of each category of responses (1xx,2xx,3xx,4xx,5xx,5xx) for a given SIP method.
39-519Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands tcp (blacklist)
tcp (blacklist)To enter the mode for configuring blacklisting for TCP protocol only, use the tcp command in the SBE blacklist IPv4 configuration mode.
tcp port number
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE blacklist IPv4 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to enter the mode for configuring blacklisting for TCP protocol only:
host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# tcp 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-tcp)#
Related Commands
port number Port number to blacklist. Range is 0-65535.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
blacklist Enters the mode for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN.
address-default Enters the mode for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN.
clear services sbc sbe blacklist
Clears the blacklist for the specified SBC service.
reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source.
39-520Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands tcp-connect-timeout
tcp-connect-timeoutTo configure the time that SBC waits for a SIP TCP connection to a remote peer to complete before failing that connection, use the tcp-connect-timeout command in SIP timer mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
tcp-connect-timeout interval
no tcp-connect-timeout
Syntax Description
Command Default Default interval is 30000 milliseconds
Command Modes SIP timer (config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set the TCP connection timeout to 30 seconds:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip timerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# tcp-connect-timeout 30000
Related Commands
interval Specifies the time, in milliseconds, that the SIP TCP connection to a remote peer stays alive before timing out.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
tcp-idle-timeout Configures the length of time that the TCP connection should stay active when in the idle state.
39-521Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands tcp-idle-timeout
tcp-idle-timeoutTo configure the length of time that the TCP connection should stay active when in the idle state, use the tcp-idle-timeout command in SIP timer mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
tcp-idle-timeout interval
no tcp-idle-timeout
Syntax Description
Command Default Default value is 120000 ms (2 minutes).
Command Modes SIP timer (config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the minimum TCP idle timeout value to 10000 ms:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)#s behost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip timerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# tcp-idle-timeout 10000
Related Commands
interval Specifies the minimum time, in milliseconds, that the TCP connection stays active when it is not processing any traffic. After this time, the TCP connection closes. Range is 1 to 4294967295 ms.
Note The value for this command might not be precise since the idle timers are checked every 12 seconds.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
tcp-connect-timeout Configures the time that SBC waits for a SIP TCP connection to a remote peer to complete before failing that connection.
39-522Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands tech-prefix
tech-prefixTo configure the RAS tech prefix on an H.323 adjacency, use the tech-prefix command in adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To deconfigure RAS Tech Prefix, use the no form of this command.
tech-prefix tech-prefix name
no tech-prefix tech-prefix name
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the tech-prefix command is used to configure RAS tech prefix on an H.323 adjacency named H323ToIsp42:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 H323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# tech-prefix 2334
Related Commands
tech-prefix name Specifies the name of the tech prefix. Use a combination of the numbers from 0-9 and the special characters star (*), hash (#), and comma (,).
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-523Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands time-offset
time-offsetTo configure the number of hours and minutes that the desired time zone is ahead of or behind the local time, use the time-offset command in the SBE configuration mode. To remove the time-zone offset, use the no form of this command.
time-offset hour hour min min [negative]
no time-offset
Syntax Description
Command Default Default is positive offset.
Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Without this command the time-offset specified by the timezone-offset command under the SBE configuration submode is unused.
Examples The following example shows how to specify the time-offset by the timezone-offset comand for 2 hours 4 minutes negative:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# time-offset hour 2 min 4 negativecfg sbe time offset hour 2cfg sbe time offset minute 4cfg sbe time offset sign 1cfg sbc sbe, sbc name test, offset hour 2 offset min 4 sign 1
Related Commands
hour Range: h: -23 to +23
min Range: m:-59 to +59
negative Optional. Specifies behind the local time.
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
use-time-offset Uses the time-offset specifiedby the time-offset comand.
39-524Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands timeout
timeoutTo define the length of time that packets from the source are blocked if the number of authentication requests exceed the set limit, use the timeout command in blacklist reason mode. The no form of this command releases the limit duration for blacklisting the source.
timeout time-period
no timeout
Syntax Description
Command Default • The address-default value defaults to its initial settings. The port-default values default to zero.
• If this field is omitted on explicit ports, it defaults to the value given in the port-default for this address.
• If this field is omitted on explicit addresses, this field defaults to the value in the address-default for this address.
• If this field is omitted for VPN, it defaults to the value for global addresses.
• If this field is omitted for the global address space, it defaults to the initial settings.
Command Modes Blacklist adress-default submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-addr-default-reason)
Blacklist global submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-global-reason)
Blacklist ipv4 submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)
Blacklist vpn submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn-reason)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures a new blacklist on the SBE to affect all packets arriving from address 125.12.12.15 for three minutes:
time-period Duration for which the source is blacklisted after activation of blacklisting.
• 0 = source not blacklisted
• never = blacklisting is permanent
• number { milliseconds | seconds | minutes | hours | days }
Note Period must be less than 23 days.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-525Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands timeout
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 125.12.12.15 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# reason authentication-failure host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)# timeout 180 seconds host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)# exit
Related Commands Command Description
reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source (in other words, a port, IP address, VPN, global address space).
trigger-size Defines the number of the specified events from the specified source that are allowed before the blacklisting is triggered, and blocks all packets from the source.
trigger-period Defines the period over which events are considered. For details, see the description of the trigger-size command.
show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits
Lists the explicitly configured limits, showing only the sources configured. Any values not explicitly defined for each source are in brackets.
show services sbc sbe blacklist
Lists the limits in force for a particular source (whether they are from defaults or explicitly configured) in a form in which they can be entered into the CLI. Also listed are any defaults for a smaller scope configured at this address.
show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting
Lists the limits causing sources to be blacklisted.
39-526Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands transcode-deny
transcode-denyTo forbid transcoding for an entry in the admission control table, use the transcode-deny command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To allow transcoding for this entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.
transcode-deny
no transcode-deny
Syntax Description No default behavior or values
Command Default By default, transcoding for this entry in the admission control table is allowed.
Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the entry to forbid transcoding in the new admission control table MyCacTable:
host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# match-type dst-prefix host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# transcode-deny
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
transcoder Configure that the media gateway is a transcoder.
39-527Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands transcoder
transcoderTo configure that the media gateway is a transcoder, use the transcoder command in media gateway codecs configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.
transcoder
no transcoder
Syntax Description No default behavior or values
Command Default By default, this command assumes the media gateway has no transcoding features.
Command Modes Media gateway codecs configuration (config-sbc-sbe-mg-codecs)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to set media gateway 10.0.0.1 to be a transcoder:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# media-gateway ipv4 10.0.0.1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-mg)# codecs m=audio 1234 RTP/AVP 0 2 8 18,a=rtpmap:0 PCMU/8000,a=rtpmap:a=rtpmap:8 PCMA/8000,a=rtpmap:18 G729/80002 G72 6-32/8000,a=rtpmap:8 PCMA/8000,a=rtpmap:18 G729/8000 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-mg-codecs)# transcoder
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
transcode-deny Forbids transcoding for an entry in the admission control table.
39-528Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands transport (SBE H.248)
transport (SBE H.248)To configure an SBE to use a transport for H.248 communications when acting as a media gateway controller, use the transport command in H.248 control address mode. To delete a given IPv4 H.248 transport, use the no form of this command.
transport [tcp | udp]
no transport [tcp | udp]
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes H.248 control address (config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to configure an SBE to use udp transport:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# control address h248 index 0host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)# ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)# transport udp
Related Commands
udp Configures the UDP transport for H.248 signaling.
vrf vrf name Configures the VRF name for H.248 association.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
control address h248 index
Selects index value and enters H.248 control address mode.
ipv4 (SBE H.248) Configures an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 control address.
port (SBE H.248) Configures an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 port.
39-529Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands transport tcp
transport tcpTo configure a DBE to use TCP for H.248 control signaling with the specified H.248 controller, use the transport tcp command in VDBE h248 mode. The no form of this command reverts to the default.
transport tcp
no transport tcp
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default Default is UDP.
Command Modes VDBE h248 (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)
Command History
Usage Guidelines The no transport tcp command reverts to the default, UDP. You must use the no attach controllers command before using the no transport tcp command.
Examples The following command configures the H.248 controller with index 1 to use TCP as a transport:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# controller h248 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)# transport tcphost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)# exit
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBC and enters into DBE-SBE configuration mode.
vdbe Configures a virtual data border element (VDBE) and enters the VDBE configuration mode.
controller h248 Creates an H.248 controller for a DBE.
transport udp Configures a DBE to use UDP.
39-530Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands transport udp
transport udpTo configure a DBE to use UDP for H.248 control signaling with the specified H.248 controller, use the transport udp command in VDBE h248 mode. The no form of this command reverts to the default.
transport udp
no transport udp
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default Default is UDP.
Command Modes VDBE h248(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)
Command History
Usage Guidelines Not applicable.
Examples The following command configures the H.248 controller with index 1 to use TCP as a transport:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# controller h248 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)# transport udphost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# exit
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBC and enters into DBE-SBE configuration mode.
vdbe Configures a virtual data border element (VDBE) and enters the VDBE configuration mode.
controller h248 Creates an H.248 controller for a DBE.
transport tcp Configures a DBE to use TCP.
39-531Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands trigger-period
trigger-periodTo define the period over which events are considered, use the trigger-period command in blacklist reason mode. For more detailed information, see the related trigger-size command description.
The no form of this command releases the previously configured trigger period in which events should be considered.
trigger-period time
no trigger-period
Syntax Description
Command Default • The address-default value defaults to its initial settings. The port-default values default to zero.
• If this field is omitted on explicit ports, it defaults to the value given in the port-default for this address.
• If this field is omitted on explicit addresses, this field defaults to the value in the address-default for this address.
• If this field is omitted for VPN, it defaults to the value for global addresses.
• If this field is omitted for the global address space, it defaults to the initial settings.
Command Modes Blacklist adress-default submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-addr-default-reason)
Blacklist global submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-global-reason)
Blacklist ipv4 submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)
Blacklist vpn submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn-reason)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
time The number of milliseconds for the trigger period. This can be any value from 0 to 65535.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-532Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands trigger-period
Examples The following command configures the source to be blacklisted if authentication failures have occurred at a recent steady rate of over 200 per second (or 40 in a 100-ms burst):
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 125.12.12.15 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# reason authentication-failure host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)# trigger-period 100 milliseconds host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)# exit
Related Commands Command Description
reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source (in other words, a port, IP address, VPN, global address space).
trigger-size Defines the number of the specified events from the specified source that are allowed before the blacklisting is triggered, and blocks all packets from the source.
timeout Defines the length of time that packets from the source are blocked, should the limit be exceeded.
show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits
Lists the explicitly configured limits, showing only the sources configured. Any values not explicitly defined for each source are in brackets.
show services sbc sbe blacklist
Lists the limits in force for a particular source (whether they are from defaults or explicitly configured) in a form in which they can be entered into the CLI. Also listed are any defaults for a smaller scope configured at this address. Values not explicitly configured (and therefore inherited from other defaults) are bracketed.
show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting
Lists the limits causing sources to be blacklisted.
39-533Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands trigger-size
trigger-sizeTo define the allowable number of events from the specified source before blacklisting is triggered, and to block all packets from reaching the source, use the trigger-size command in blacklist reason mode.
The no form of this command releases the previously configured number of allowable events before blacklisting is triggered.
trigger-size number
no trigger-size
Syntax Description
Command Default • The address-default value defaults to its initial settings. The port-default values default to zero.
• If this field is omitted on explicit ports, it defaults to the value given in the port-default for the given address.
• If this field is omitted on explicit addresses, it defaults to the value given in the address-default for the given address.
• If this field is omitted for VPN, it defaults to the values of global addresses.
• If this field is omitted for the global address space, it defaults to the initial settings.
Command Modes Blacklist adress-default submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-addr-default-reason)
Blacklist global submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-global-reason)
Blacklist ipv4 submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)
Blacklist vpn submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn-reason)
Command History
Usage Guidelines The number of events recorded decays linearly to zero to give a leaky bucket average over the trigger period. The steady-state maximum event rate therefore equals this trigger size divided by the trigger period. See also the description of the trigger-period command. The maximum number of events in a much shorter period is this trigger size.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
number The minimum number of consecutive events that must occur faster on average than the trigger rate to activate the blacklist. Can be any value from 0 to 65535.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
39-534Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands trigger-size
Examples The following command configures the source to be blacklisted if a burst of more than 20 authentication failures enter within a time period smaller than the trigger period:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 125.12.12.15 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# reason authentication-failure host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)# trigger-size 20 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)# exit
Related Commands Command Description
reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source (in other words, a port, IP address, VPN, global address space).
trigger-period Defines the period over which events are considered. For details, see the description of the trigger-size command.
timeout Defines the length of time that packets from the source are blocked, should the limit be exceeded.
show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits
Lists the explicitly configured limits, showing only the sources configured. Any values not explicitly defined for each source are in brackets.
show services sbc sbe blacklist
Lists the limits in force for a particular source (whether they are from defaults or explicitly configured) in a form in which they can be entered into the CLI. Also listed are any defaults for a smaller scope configured at this address. Values not explicitly configured (and therefore inherited from other defaults) are bracketed.
show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting
Lists the limits causing sources to be blacklisted.
39-535Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands udp (blacklist)
udp (blacklist)To enter the mode for configuring blacklisting for UDP protocol only, use the udp command in the SBE blacklist IPv4 configuration mode.
udp port number
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE blacklist IPv4 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to enter the mode for configuring blacklisting for UDP protocol only:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# udp 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-udp)#
Related Commands
port number Port number to blacklist. Range is 0-65535.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
blacklist Enters the mode for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN.
address-default Enters the mode for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN.
clear services sbc sbe blacklist
Clears the blacklist for the specified SBC service.
reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source.
39-536Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands udp-first-retransmit-interval
udp-first-retransmit-interval To configure the time that SBC waits for a UDP response or ACK before sending a retransmission of the relevant signal, use the udp-first-retransmit-interval command in SIP timer mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
udp-first-retransmit-interval interval
no udp-first-retransmit-interval interval
Syntax Description
Command Default Default interval is 500 milliseconds
Command Modes SIP timer (config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)
Command History
Usage Guidelines If the SBC continues to fail to get a response, then subsequent retransmission intervals are doubled each time until they reach the udp-max-retransmit-interval duration. The SBC will cease retransmitting the request and time out the signal if 64 times this duration passes without receipt of a response/ACK.
This timer interval corresponds to the T1 interval detailed in RFC 3261, section 17.1.1.1.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command configures the SBC to send the first UDP retransmission after waiting for 1 second.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip timerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# udp-first-retransmit-interval 1000host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# exit
Related Commands
interval The time to wait, in milliseconds, before sending the first retransmission of a UDP signal.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
39-537Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands udp-max-retransmit-interval
udp-max-retransmit-interval To configure the maximum interval at which the SBC will retransmit, use the udp-max-retransmit-interval command inSIP timer mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
udp-max-retransmit-interval interval
no udp-max-retransmit-interval interval
Syntax Description
Command Default Default interval is 4 seconds.
Command Modes SIP timer (config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)
Command History
Usage Guidelines If the SBC continues to fail to get a response, then subsequent retransmission intervals are doubled each time until they reach the udp-max-retransmit-interval duration. The SBC will cease retransmitting the request and time out the signal if 64 times this duration passes without receipt of a response/ACK.
This timer interval corresponds to the T1 interval detailed in RFC 3261, section 17.1.1.1.
To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command sets the maximum retransmission interval to 8 seconds:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip timerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# udp-max-retransmit-interval 8000host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# exit
Related Commands
interval The maximum retransmission interval, in milliseconds.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
udp-response-linger-period Configures the period for which SBC will retain negative UDP responses to INVITE requests.
39-538Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands udp-response-linger-period
udp-response-linger-period To configure the period for which SBC will retain negative UDP responses to INVITE requests, use the udp-response-linger-period command in SIP timer mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
udp-response-linger-period interval
no udp-response-linger-period interval
Syntax Description
Command Default Default interval is 32 seconds.
Command Modes SIP timer (config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following command sets negative INVITE responses to be retained for 10 seconds:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip timerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# udp-response-linger-period 10000host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# exit
Related Commands
interval The time to retain negative INVITE responses, in milliseconds.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
udp-max-retransmit-interval Configures the maximum interval at which the SBC will retransmit.
39-539Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands unexpected-source-alerting
unexpected-source-alertingTo enable the generation of alerts when media packets for a call are received from an unexpected source address and port, use the unexpected-source-alerting command in VDBE configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to delete the unexpected-source-alerting.
unexpected-source-alerting
no unexpected-source-alerting
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default If the unexpected-source-alerting command is not specified, unexpected source alerting is disabled.
Command Modes VDBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines The vdbe unexpected-source-alerting command should be enabled only on trusted networks, where any occurrence of packets from an unexpected source might indicate a threat to network security.
Alerts on the same flow and the total number of alerts reported at any one time are both rate-limited to ensure management systems are not flooded with reports. (As a result, there is not a one-to-one correspondence between alerts and incorrect packets.)
Diagnosing and resolving the issue of rogue packets is beyond the scope of SBC function; SBC simply serves as the messenger to notify you of the existence of the rogue packets.
Any and all packets from unexpected sources are dropped.
Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into DBE configuration and VDBE configuration modes, and enables the generation of alerts when unexpected source address packets are received by a virtual data border element (vDBE):
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# unexpected-source-alerting host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# exit
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
vdbe Enters into VDBE configuration submode.
39-540Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands use-any-local-port
use-any-local-portTo configure a DBE to use any available local port when connecting to the default Media Gateway Control (MGC), use the use-any-local-port command in VDBE configuration bmode. To disable this configuration, use the no form of this command.
use-any-local-port
no use-any-local-port
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default The default behavior is to use any local port.
Command Modes VDBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines The local port cannot be modified once any controller has been configured on the vDBE. You must delete the controller before you can modify or configure the local port.
Note Do not use the use-any-local-port command when there is a redundant SBC because the connection to the MGC may be lost with an SBC switch over.
Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called “mySbc,” enters into SBC-DBE configuration and VDBE configuration modes, and configures the DBE to use any local port:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# use-any-local-port host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# exit
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
local-port Configures a DBE to use a specific local port when connecting to the default Media Gateway Control (MGC).
39-541Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands use-time-offset
use-time-offsetUse the time-offset specifiedby the timezone-offset comand. To disable using the time-offset specified by the timezone-offset comand, use the no form of this command.
use-time-offset time-offset
no use-time-offset
Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes RTG routing table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Without this command the time-offset specified by the timezone-offset command under the SBE configuration submode is unused.
Examples The following example shows how to configure the destination adjacency of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable to softswitch1:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-dst-address-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# use-time-offset
Related Commands
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
timezone-offset Configures the number of hours and minutes that the desired time zone is ahead of or behind the local time.
39-542Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands vdbe
vdbeTo enter into VDBE configuration submode, use the vdbe command in the DBE entity in SBC-DBE configuration mode. To delete the entire virtual data border element (vDBE) from the running configuration, use the no form of this command
vdbe global
no vdbe global
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)
Command History
Usage Guidelines In the intial release only one VDBE (the global VDBE) is supported, and DBE resources cannot be partitioned. As such, the vdbe name is not required. If specified it must be global.
Examples The following command enters the configuration-sbc-dbe submode.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# global host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-global)#
Related Commands
global Only one VDBE can be configured. This is given the name global. If specified, the VDBE name must be global. If not specified, global is assumed.
Release Modification
Release 2.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
dbe .Enters the configuration-sbc-dbe submode.
39-543Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands vpn
vpnTo enter the mode for configuring the event limits for a given VPN, use the vpn command in the SBE blacklist configuration mode.
vpn word
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes SBE blacklist configuration (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how the vpn command is used to enter the mode for configuring the event limits for a given VPN:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# vpn testhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn)#
Related Commands
word Optional. VPN name or default for the global VPN. Maximum size is 80 characters.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
address-default Enters the mode for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN.
clear services sbc sbe blacklist
Clears the blacklist for the specified SBC service.
reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source.
39-544Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands vpn
show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits
Lists the explicitly configured limits, showing only the sources configured.
show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting
Lists the limits causing sources to be blacklisted.
Command Description
39-545Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands vrf
vrfTo configure an H.323 or SIP adjacency as tied to a specific VPN, use the vrf command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.
vrf vrf_name
no vrf
Syntax Description
Command Default No default behavior or values
Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)
Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how to assign the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to VRF vpn3:
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# vrf vpn3
Related Commands
vrf_name Specifies the VRF of this adjacency.
Release Modification
Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.
39-546Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands weight
weight To assign a weight to this route, use the weight command in RTG routing table configuration entry configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.
weight weight
no weight weight
Syntax Description
Command Default The command default is 1.
Command Modes RTG routing table configuration entry (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)
Command History
Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.
Examples The following example shows how.
host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-least-cost-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# weight 33host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# end
Related Commands
weight Range: [1-65535]
Release Modification
Release 3.1.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.
Command Description
entry Creates or modifies an entry in a table.
39-547Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands weight
39-548Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide
OL-13499-04
Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands weight